673347 Catalog

2014-09-05

: Pdf 673347-Catalog 673347-Catalog 782051 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 420 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Cable Tray

CT-13

Cable tray systems

CoSPEC™

Cable Tray Systems

CoSPEC, the Specifier Center, is designed to help you easily SELECT, VIEW and DOWNLOAD B-Line

product design content in any one of nearly one hundred non-proprietary and proprietary CAD, BIM,

PDMS, and graphics formats, which helps speed the integration of the content into your design

project.

Features

• Easy integration and configuration

• Comprehensive library of 2D drawings and 3D models for CAD, BIM, PDMS, SP3D, and

graphics output

• The most up to date software versions and product data information are always available

• Submittals and specification sheets in PDF format

• Proprietary file format outputs are native to the chosen software

Nearly a Hundred Download Options

• Aveva PDMS and Intergraph SmartPlant SP3D (on select products) content

• Autodesk Revit output available

• Proprietary formats from AutoCAD to SolidWorks to Catia

• Non-proprietary formats like DXF and STEP, and more

• Graphics files in a number of formats including EPS

To get started planning your next project,

visit www.cooperbline.com/CoSPEC

Select View Download

CoSPEC™B-Line Specifier Center - Available Outputs

Cable Tray Systems

To get started, visit www.cooperbline.com/CoSPEC

2D Native

• Allplan 2008

• AutoCAD >=V14

• Cadkey CDL >=V19

• Catia IUA - V4

• HP ME 10 >=V9

• Medusa >=2000i

• Microstation (DGN) >=V8

• SolidEdge >=V17

• VX (Varimetrix) >=V5.0

2D Neutral & Graphics

• BMP (2D & 3D View)

• DWF-ASCII 5.5, Binary 5.5 and

Compressed 5.5

• DWG >=V14

• DXF-V12\HPGL-V2

• IGES >=V5.0

• JPEG (2D & 3D Views)

• Metaﬁle 2D-V1, & PS2-V2

• MI >=V8

• PDF Datasheet

• Postscript EPS

• SVG

• TIFF (2D & 3D View)

3D Native

• Autodesk 3D Studio MAX

• Allplan = 2008

• AutoCAD >=V14

• AVEVA PDMS/Marine (Equipment Spec)

• Caddy++ via SAT-V4.2

• Catis >=V5 R8 and IUA-V4

• EMS

• Google SketchUp

• Autodesk Inventor >=R5.3, R10, R11

• Mechanical Desktop >=V5

• Nupas/Cadmatic

• One Space Modeling >=2007

• Pro/E Wildﬁre >=I

• PRO-Desktop

• Autodesk Revit >= 2009* (coming soon)

• SolidEdge >=V17

• SolidWorks >=2001+

• Think3 >=2006.2

• Tribon M3

• Unigraphics >=NX3

• VX (Varimetrix) >=V5

3D Neutral

• CIP

• DWG >=V14

• DXF V14

• IGES

• JT

• Metaﬁle 3D (PS3)-V2

• Parasolid-Binary V15 and Text V15

• PDF 3D-7.01

• SAT - V2.0 through V6.0

• STEP-AP203, AP215a & AP214b

• STL

• U3D (Universal 3D)

• VRML >=V1.0

• XGL

For over 50 years, Eaton’s B-Line Business has been the leader in cable management systems. Today, B-Line has state

of the art manufacturing facilities to support our customers around the globe. This coupled with our knowledgeable

customerservice, sales and sales engineering team, we are positioned to support cable management requirements from

small to large scale commercial, industrial, and datacomm applications.

For more information, visit www.bline.com or contact us at www.cooperbline.com/contactus

B-Line cable trays conform to the

requirements of IEC Standard

61537, 2001 Ed.

Important notice: No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with

specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics,

specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice.

NOTICE

B-Line reserves the right to change the specifications, materials, equipment, prices or the availability of products at any time without

prior notice. While every effort has been made to assure the accuracy of information contained in this catalog at the time of

publication, B-Line is not responsible for inaccuracies resulting from undetected errors or omissions.

iii

Introduction

Cable Tray Systems

United

States

South Korea

Malaysia

Kingdom of

Saudi Arabia

Eaton’s B-Line Business

Manufacturing Locations

Canada

B-Line Cable Tray Information

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTI-1 & CTI-2

Tray Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTI-3 – CTI-6

Cable Tray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTI-7

The B-Line Advantage

The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLA-1

The Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLA-2 & BLA-3

The Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLA-4

Cable Tray Selection

Selection Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-1

Materials and Finishes

Material Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-2

Finish Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-3

Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-4

Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-5 – CTS-7

Thermal Contraction & Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-8

Installation Considerations (Electrical Grounding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-9

Strength

Environmental Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-10 & CTS-11

Support Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-121

Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-13

Load Capacity

(NEMA & CSA Load Classes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-14 & CTS-15

Cable Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-16

Width and Depth Cable Fill Per 1999 NEC 318 . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-17 & CTS-22

Straight Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-23

Loading Possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-24

Bottom Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-25

Fitting Bend Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-25

FLEXTRAY™

Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-3

Load & Fill Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-4

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-5 & FLX-6

Splicing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-8 – FLX-16

Ceiling Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-18 – FLX-24

Wall Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-26 – FLX-30

FAST System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-32 – FLX-38

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-40 – FLX-48

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-50 – FLX-58

Channel Type Cable Tray

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4 – CCT-7

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-8 – CCT-15

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-16

REDI-RAIL™Cable Tray (Aluminum)

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-3 & RER-4

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5 – RER-16

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-17 & RER-18

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-19 – RER-29

Series 1 Cable Tray (Steel)

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-3 – LST-6

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7 – LST-13

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-14

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-15 – LST-23

Series 2,3 & 4 Cable Tray - Aluminum

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-3 – HAT-11

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13 – HAT-23

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-24

Cable Tray

Information

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray

Selection

Flextray

Cable

Channel

Redi-Rail

continued on page 2

Series 1

Steel

TOC-1

Table of Contents

Cable Tray Systems

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Aluminum

Series 2,3,4 & 5 Cable Tray - Steel

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-3 – HST-10

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11 – HST-21

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-22

Series 3, 4, & 5 Cable Tray - Stainless Steel

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-3 – SST-5

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6 – SST-13

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-14

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings - Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel

Fitting Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-3

Horizontal Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-4 & FTS-5

Tees & Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-6

Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7

Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-8 & FTS-9

Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-10

Horizontal Wyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11

Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-12 – FTS-15

Vertical Tees - Up & Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16

Cable Support Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-17

Fiberglass Cable Tray System

Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-3 – FCT-12

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-13 – FCT-19

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-20 – FCT-26

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-27 – FCT-44

Covers & Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46 – FCT-48

Cable Channel

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49 & FCT-50

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50 & FCT-51

Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-52

Barrier Bridge

Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-1

Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-2

Horizontal Tee, Two Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-3 & BBA-4

Horizontal Tee, Three Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-5 & BBA-6

Horizontal Cross, Two Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-7 & BBA-8

Horizontal Cross, Three Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-9 & BBA-10

Hardware Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-11

Cable Cleats

Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFX-2 & CFX-3

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFX-4 & CFX-5

Firestop

Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FSA-2 – FSA-6

Appendix

Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-1 – APP-5

Side Rails (Aluminum & Steel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-6

Cable Tray Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-7 & APP-8

Metric Conversion Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-9 & APP-10

Master Cable Tray Systems Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-11 – APP-14

Cable Tray Sizing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-15

Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-16

Support Channels & Channel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-17

Concrete Inserts & Channel Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-18

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Stainless Steel

Fiberglass

Cable Tray

Barrier Bridge

Cable Fixing

Firestop

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Steel

Appendix

continued on page 3

TOC-2

Table of Contents

Cable Tray Systems

Index

Cable Tray Manual

2005 Cable Tray Manual Based on 2005 National Electrical Code

. .

MAN-1 – MAN-53

Part Number Index

Straight Sections

Cable Tray

REDI-RAIL™Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2

FLEXTRAY™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2

Fittings

Cable Tray

REDI-RAIL Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4

Covers

Cable Tray

REDI-RAIL Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6

FLEXTRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6

Accessories

Cable Tray

REDI-RAIL Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-7

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-8 – IDX-9

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-9 – IDX-10

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-11 – IDX-12

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-13 – IDX-14

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-14

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-15

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-15

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-16

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-16

FLEXTRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-17 – IDX-18

Barrier Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-19

Cable Fixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-19

Firestop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-19

Cable Tray Manual

TOC-3

Table of Contents

Cable Tray Systems

Cable tray is a mechanical support system that can support cables and raceways. Cable tray is not a raceway.

Cable tray systems are required to be electrically continuous but not mechanically continuous.

Advantages of B-Line Cable Tray Systems

• Safety

• Dependability

• Space Savings

• Cost Savings

• Design Cost Savings

• Material Savings

• Installation Cost & Time Savings

• Maintenance Savings

For more information refer to B-Line’s Cable Tray Manual (Pages MAN-1 thru MAN-53)

or call B-Line at 1-800-851-7415

Quick List Selection Process

See pages CTS-20 & CTS-21 for expanded selection process.

1. Support Span Issues are: Strength and Length

• Very important to first consider the support span as it affects the strength of the system and the length

of the straight sections required.

• Short Span, 6 to 8 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.

• Intermediate Span, 8 to 12 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.

• Long Span, 16 to 20 foot support spacing - use 20 foot sections.

• Extra Long Span, over 20 foot to 30 foot support spacing - use 24 or 30 foot sections.

2. Working Load Issues are: Size (Width, Loading Depth, and Strength)

Cable Load

• Types and numbers of cables to support - Total cable load in lbs. per linear foot (lbs/ft)

• Power - is single layer - issue width (refer to local electrical code)

• Low Voltage - is stacked - issue loading depth and width (refer to affecting code)

• See chart of listed cable load guidelines (refer to page CTS-24)

Additional Loads

200 lb. concentrated load - Industrial installations

Ice, Wind, Snow loads - Outdoor installations

Select a Cable Tray system that meets the working load for the support span required and a straight

section length that fits the installation. NEMA VE 2 - Straight sections equal to or larger than span.

www.cabletrays.com

3. Installation Environment Issues are: Material and Finish

• Indoor Dry - Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel

• Indoor Industrial - Automotive, Pulp and Paper, Power Plants

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Possibly Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)

• Outdoor Industrial - Petrochemical, Automotive, Power Plants

Aluminum, Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)

• Outdoor Marine - Off Shore Platforms

Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Fiberglass

• Special - Petrochemical, Pulp and Paper, Environmental Air

Contact B-Line (1-800-851-7415)

Cable Tray Information

CTI-1

B-Line Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Systems

Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is

made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics,

specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice.

Cable Tray Information

B-Line Cable Tray Product Offering

• Two Side Rail Systems

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel, 304 and

316L Stainless Steel, Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat

Redi-Rail Systems loaded with special installation and cable friendly features.

Systems tested to 173 lbs/ft on a 30 foot span

Special bottom options and splices

Highest quality fittings

Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware

• Cable Channel (See Cable Channel Section - pages CCT-1 – CCT-6)

3, 4, and 6 inch widths in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized after

Fabrication Steel and 304 or 316L Stainless Steel

3, 4, 6, and 8 inch widths in Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat

Unmatched fitting and accessory offering

Special bottom options and splices

Highest quality fittings

Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware

• Wire FLEXTRAY™Tray (See FLEXTRAY Section - pages FLX-1 – FLX-56)

Best finish in the industry, ASTM B633, SC2 (ZN)

Strong straight top wire design maximizes strength and minimizes weight

Unmatched accessory package

Advantage of Using B-Line Cable Tray?

Selection!

What kind of B-Line Cable Tray will work for your project?

First, answer three questions.

1. Location: Where will the project be located?

A. Is the installation inside or outside?

(decision dealing with thermal and weather conditions)

B. Any contact of corrosive materials?

(decision on cable tray material or finish)

C. Is the location for the cable tray confined or open?

(decision on the size and type of cable tray)

2. Span: What would be the longest and shortest spans between supporting locations for the

installation of cables? (decision on type or combination of types of cable tray design

needed to be the most efficient and economical)

3. Cables: How many and what type of cables are involved in the support installation?

(decision on the strength of the cable tray)

All these variables are important to the cost savings and safety

of your B-Line Cable Tray installation project.

CTI-2

B-Line Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™

Cable Tray Information

FT2X2X10 2.380” 2.000” 28 20 2” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X4X10 2.380” 2.000” 43 27 4” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X6X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 6” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X8X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 8” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X12X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 12” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X18X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 18” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X20X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 20” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT2X24X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 24” S FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT4X4X10 4.380” 4.000” 49 36 4” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT4X8X10 4.380” 4.000” 77 46 8” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT4X12X10 4.380” 4.000” 83 47 12” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT4X18X10 4.380” 4.000” 83 47 18” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT4X20X10 4.380” 4.000” 83 47 20” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT4X24X10 4.380” 4.000” 89 50 24” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT6X12X10 6.380” 6.000” 86 48 12” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT6X18X10 6.380” 6.000” 89 50 18” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT6X20X10 6.380” 6.000” 98 55 20” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

FT6X24X10 6.380” 6.000” 107 60 24” S FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56 --

ACC-03 1.250” 1.250” 15 10 3” A CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7 CCT-8 – CCT-15

ACC-04 1.750” 1.750” 33 20.5 4” A CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7 CCT-8 – CCT-15

ACC-06 1.750” 1.750” 36 22.5 6” A CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7 CCT-8 – CCT-15

†CC-03 1.250” 1.250” 17 11.5 3” S, SS_ CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7 CCT-8 – CCT-15

†CC-04 1.750” 1.750” 36 24.5 4” S, SS_ CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7 CCT-8 – CCT-15

†CC-06 1.750” 1.750” 41 28 6” S, SS_ CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7 CCT-8 – CCT-15

FCC-03 1.000” 1.000” 8 -- 3” F FCT-49 FCT-48 & FCT-50

FCC-04 1.125” 1.125” 12 -- 4” F FCT-49 353 & 354

FCC-06 1.625” 1.625” 58 -- 6” F FCT-49 353 & 354

FCC-08 2.188” 2.188” 87 -- 8” F FCT-49 353 & 354

RSI04A 3.540” 2.680” 108 75 6” - 36” A RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI05A 4.530” 3.660” 119 83 6” - 36” A RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI06A 5.510” 4.640” 118 82 6” - 36” A RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI07A 6.500” 5.630” 176 122 6” - 36” A RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

148 3.625” 3.077” 204 115 6” - 36” S LST-3 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

156 4.188” 3.628” 304 171 6” - 36” S LST-4 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

166 5.188” 4.628” 308 173 6” - 36” S LST-5 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

176 6.188” 5.628” - 194 6” - 36” S LST-6 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

13F 3.000” 2.000” 257 145 6” - 24” F

FCT-21 & FCT-45 – FCT-48

FCT-21 – FCT-44

Recommended Short Span

Cable Tray Selection

Use 10 ft or 12 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 6’ 8’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Cable Channel

REDI-

RAIL™

Cable Tray

Fiber Steel

Short Span 6 - 8 Foot

(distance between the supports)

*Material: A = Aluminum • S = Steel • SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 • F = Fiberglass

† = G for HDGAF • P for Pre-Galvanized • SS4 for 304 or SS6 for 316 Stainless Steel

¨Insert 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 for number of tiers • ¡Insert 2, 3 or 4 for number of tiers

B-Line cable trays conform

to the requirements of IEC

Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

CTI-3

Cable Tray Selection Charts

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™

Cable Tray Information

RSI04A 3.540” 2.680” 108 75 6” - 36” A RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI05A 4.530” 3.660” 119 83 6” - 36” A RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI06A 5.510” 4.640” 118 82 6” - 36” A RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI07A 6.500” 5.630” 176 122 6” - 36” A RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

24A 4.120” 3.050” 181 126 6” - 36” A HAT-3 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

25A 5.000” 3.930” 200 139 6” - 36” A HAT-5 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

26A 6.120” 5.040” 204 142 6” - 36” A HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

37A 7.140” 6.050” -- 222 6” - 36” A HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

148 3.625” 3.077” 73 51 6” - 36” S LST-3 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

156 4.188” 3.628” 109 76 6” - 36” S LST-4 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

166 5.188” 4.628” 111 77 6 ”- 36” S LST-5 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

176 6.188” 5.628” 124 86 6” - 36” S LST-6 & LST-7 – LST-13 LST-15 – LST-23

248 4.188” 3.140” 148 103 6” - 36” S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

258 5.188” 4.140” 157 109 6” - 36” S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

268 6.188” 5.140” 158 110 6” - 36” S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

378 7.188” 6.140” 204 142 6” - 36” S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

348 4.188” 3.130” 180 125 6” - 36” SS_ SST-3 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

358 5.188” 4.130” 248 172 6” - 36” SS_ SST-4 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

368 6.188” 5.130” 236 164 6” - 36” SS_ SST-5 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

13F 3.000” 2.000” 93 64 6” - 24” F FCT-21 & FCT-45 – FCT-48 FCT-27 – FCT-44

24F 4.000” 3.000” 226 157 6” - 36” F FCT-22 & FCT-45 – FCT-48 FCT-27 – FCT-44

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection

Use 12 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 10’ 12’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Intermediate Span 10 - 12 Foot

(distance between the supports)

*Material A = Aluminum

S = Steel

SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316

F = Fiberglass

B-Line cable trays conform

to the requirements of IEC

Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray

Fiberglass Stainless Steel Steel Aluminum

CTI-4

Cable Tray Selection Charts

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

25A 5.000” 3.930” 78 62 50 6” - 36” A HAT-5 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

34A 4.200” 3.080” 125 99 80 6” - 36” A HAT-3 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

35A 5.060” 3.960” 121 96 77 6” - 36” A HAT-5 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

26A 6.120” 5.040” 80 63 51 6” - 36” A HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

36A 6.170” 5.060” 131 104 84 6” - 36” A HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

37A 7.140” 6.050” 125 99 80 6” - 36” A HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

46A 6.190” 5.080” 161 127 103 6” - 36” A HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

47A 7.240” 6.130” 156 123 100 6” - 36” A HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

H46A 6.240” 5.090” 261 206 167 6” - 36” A HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

H47A 7.240” 6.090” 233 184 149 6” - 36” A HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23 FTS-3 – FTS-17

346 4.188” 3.130” 98 78 63 6” - 36” S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

356 5.188” 4.130” 108 85 69 6” - 36” S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

366 6.188” 5.140” 117 93 75 6” - 36” S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

378 7.188” 6.140” 80 63 51 6” - 36” S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

444 4.188” 3.110” 142 112 91 6” - 36” S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

454 5.188” 4.110” 166 131 106 6” - 36” S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464 6.188” 5.110” 192 152 51 6” - 36” S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

476 7.188” 6.130” 120 95 77 6” - 36” S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

574 7.188” 6.110” 203 160 130 6” - 36” S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

348 4.188” 3.130” 70 56 45 6” - 36” SS_ SST-3 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

358 5.188” 4.130” 97 77 62 6” - 36” SS_ SST-4 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

368 6.188” 5.130” 92 73 59 6” - 36” SS_ SST-5 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

464 6.188” 5.110” 192 152 123 6” - 36” SS_ SST-6 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

36F 6.000” 5.000” 139 109 89 6” - 36” F FCT-23 & FCT-45 – FCT-48 FCT-27 – FCT-44

46F 6.000” 5.000” 221 174 141 6” - 36” F FCT-24 & FCT-45 – FCT-48 FCT-27 – FCT-44

H46F 6.000” 5.000” 239 188 153 6” - 36” F FCT-25 & FCT-45 – FCT-48 FCT-27 – FCT-44

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection

Use 20 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 16’ 18’ 20’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Long 16 - 20 Foot

(distance between the supports)

*Material A = Aluminum

S = Steel

SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316

F = Fiberglass

B-Line cable trays conform

to the requirements of IEC

Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray

Fiberglass Stainless Steel Steel Aluminum

CTI-5

Cable Tray Selection Charts

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray

Steel Aluminum

46A 6.190” 5.080” 72 - 6” - 36” A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

47A 7.240” 6.130” 69 - 6” - 36” A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

57A 7.400” 6.230” 161 102 12” - 36” A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

H46A 6.240” 5.090” 116 - 6” - 36” A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

H47A 7.240” 6.090” 103 - 6” - 36” A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

S8A 8.000” 6.200” 252 161 12” - 36” A

HAT-11 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

444 4.188” 2.110” 63 - 6” - 36” S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

454 5.188” 4.110” 74 - 6” - 36” S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464 6.188” 5.110” 85 - 6” - 36” S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

476 7.188” 6.130” 53 - 6” - 36” S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

574 7.188” 6.110” 90 - 6” - 36” S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464 6.188” 5.110” 85 - 6” - 36” SS_ SST-5 & SST-6 – SST-13 FTS-3 – FTS-17

Recommended Extra Long Span Cable Tray Selection

Use 24 ft or 30 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 24’ 30’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Extra Long Span 24 - 30 Foot

(distance between the supports)xx

*Material A = Aluminum

S = Steel

SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316

Cable Tray Information

B-Line cable trays conform

to the requirements of IEC

Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

CTI-6

Cable Tray Selection Charts

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Cable Trays -

Designed for Your Cable Support Requirements

Nomenclature

1. Ladder Type Cable Tray 10. 30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

2. Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray 11. Vertical Bend Segment (VBS)

3. Straight Splice Plate 12. Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray

4. 90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 13. Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Cable Tray

5. 45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 14. Frame Type Box Connector

6. Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Cable Tray 15. Barrier Strip Straight Section

7. Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Cable Tray 16. Solid Flanged Tray Cover

8. 90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 17. Ventilated Channel Straight Section

9. 45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Cable Tray 18. Channel Cable Tray, 90° Vertical Outside Bend

14 17

Cable Tray Information

CTI-7

Cable Tray Systems

• Committed to the Success of its Customers through Manufacturing,

Engineering and Service.

• Positioned to Serve.

• Five United States cable tray fabrication sites: (H)

Troy, IL Sherman, TX Pinckneyville, IL

Alum Bank, PA Reno, NV

• Sixteen factory inventories (u)

• A Proven Industry Leader.

• Over thirty years experience

• Industry Involvement.

- NEMA - 5VE Member -- Metallic Cable Tray Section

- NEMA - 5FG Member -- Nonmetallic Cable Tray Section

- Cable Tray Institute (CTI) -- A Founding Member

- B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

• Unmatched Cable Support Systems.

- Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Metallic)

- Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Metallic) REDI-RAIL™ Design

- Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Nonmetallic)

- Cable Tray -- FLEXTRAY™ Cable Support Systems

- Cable Runways -- B-Line Telecom

- NEMA Wireways

B-Line Advantage

BLA-1

The B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

Aluminum Cable Tray, Series 2, 3 & 4

•Side Rails

Our I-Beam -- the most

efficient structural shape

Using “Copper-free”

6063-T6 Aluminum Alloy

•Rungs -- provide system integrity

The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.

Rung A - Standard for widths through 24"

Rung B - Standard for widths greater than 24"

- For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads

- New P-Rung design allows P-Clamp cable fastening at any location.

•Splices -- provide system integrity

With the unique Wedge Lock splice system:

- Channel-shaped for extra strength

- Snaps into the side rail

- Positions and holds for bolting, a labor-saving feature

- Four bolt patterns, a labor-saving feature

- 316 Stainless Steel hardware is available as an option

•Fittings -- provide system integrity

Surpasses NEMA VE 1 requirements

3" straight tangents for splice integrity

•A 200 lb. Concentrated Load -- providing system integrity

Side rails engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load

Rungs engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load

• Reliable time-tested products.

1. I-beam side rail design

- maximize strength-to-weight ratio

2. Added material to top flange to

increase cable tray stiffness

3. Welding bead

- positive rung lock

- added material disperses heat

4. Bottom flange inside

- positive rung support

5. Bottom flange outside

- strong lower flange for hold down

clamps and expansion guides

6. Top flange outside

- strong upper flange for securing

the tray cover or the conduit-to-

tray adapter

B-Line Advantage

BLA-2

The B-Line Advantage - The Product

Cable Tray Systems

Steel Cable Tray, Series 2, 3, 4 & 5

•Side Rails

Our I-Beam -- the most

efficient structural shape

•Rungs -- provide system integrity

The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.

Rung A - Standard for widths through 24"

Rung B - Standard for widths greater than 24"

- For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads.

- Both Rung A and Rung B are roll formed from traceable structural grade steel

•Splices -- provide system integrity

The Splices -- the engineered connection:

- Special high strength eleven gauge steel

- Eight bolt connection for required strength

- Finish and hardware options

•Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)

providing system integrity

- ASTM A123/CSA Type I

- In plant post-dip inspection and deburr

- ASTM F-1136-88 Grade 3 Splice hardware exceeds NEMA requirements.

- ASTM A123 Covers available - system compatibility

•Pre-Galvanized- Hot Dip Mill Galvanized

providing system integrity

- ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90/ CSA Type II

- Anti-corrosive silicon bronze welds eliminate cosmetic painting

•Reliable time-tested products

- 200 lb. Concentrated Load- side rail and rungs

- Splice integrity - 3" fitting tangents

1. Roll formed for extra strength

2. Enlarged top flange for stiffness

3. Structural grade traceable steel

4. Rung top lock

5. Rung bottom rest

Side rails and rungs are

stamped every 18" with:

• Company Name

• Part Number

• Material

• Heat Trace Number

B-Line Advantage

BLA-3

The B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

•Special Packaging

- For less than truckload (LTL) shipments

- Reduced freight claims over 50%

- A positive package for all

•New Mid Span Aluminum Splice

- The standard splice for H46A, H47A and 57A systems

- Optional availability for other systems

- See appendix page APP-2 for details

•Special Aluminum Long Span Systems

- 57A12-36-360 Tested to 102 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5

(Page HAT-9 & HAT-10)

- S8A12-36-360 Tested to 161 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5

(Page HAT-11 & HAT-12)

•REDI-RAIL™ Aluminum Cable Tray Systems (See REDI-RAILl Section)

- 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 inch cable fill depths

- NEMA classes to 12C

- Unique fabrication method provides unmatched installation options

- Industry leading accessory package

•Wire Basket Cable Support Systems (See FLEXTRAY™ Section)

- Field adaptable - no fittings to order

- Low profile in 2", 4” and 6" loading depths

- Rugged welded steel, wire mesh construction

•Non-Metallic Cable Tray (See Fiberglass Section)

- For corrosive environments

- For voltage isolation

- A complete line offering

- Request latest catalog

MEMBER

B-Line Advantage

B-Line cable trays conform

to the requirements of IEC

Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

BLA-4

The B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

The following factors should be considered when

determining the appropriate cable tray system.

1. Material & Finish

• Standards Available (Pages CTS-2 – CTS-4)

• Corrosion (Pages CTS-5 – CTS-7)

• Thermal Contraction and Expansion (Page CTS-8)

• Installation Considerations and Electrical Grounding Capacity (Page CTS-9)

2. Strength

• Environmental Loads (Pages CTS-10 & CTS-11)

• Concentrated Loads (Page CTS-11)

• Support Span (Page CTS-11)

• Deflection (Page CTS-12)

• Rung/Trough Data (Page CTS-13)

• Load Capacity (NEMA & CSA Classes) (Pags CTS-14 & CTS-15)

• Cable Data (Page CTS-16)

3. Width & Available Loading Depth

• Cable Diameter (Page CTS-16)

• Allowable Cable Fill (Pages CTS-17 – CTS-21)

• Barrier Requirements (Page CTS-22)

• Future Expansion Requirements (Page CTS-22)

• Space Limitations (Page CTS-22)

4. Length

• Lengths Available (Page CTS-23)

• Support Spans (Not to exceed the length of straight sections) (Page CTS-23)

• Space Limitations (Page CTS-23)

• Installation (Page CTS-23)

5. Loading Possibilities

• Power Application (Page CTS-24)

• Data/Communication Cabling (Page CTS-24)

• Other Factors to Consider (Page CTS-24)

6. Bottom Type

• Type of Cable (Page CTS-25)

• Cost vs. Strength (Page CTS-25)

• Cable Exposure (Page CTS-25)

• Cable Attachment (Page CTS-25)

7. Fitting Radius

• Cable Flexibility (Page CTS-25)

• Space Limitations (Page CTS-25)

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-1

Cable Tray Selection - Selection Process

Cable Tray Systems

MATERIAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ADVANTAGES

6063-T6 (Side rails, Rungs and Splice Plates) • Corrosion Resistance

• Easy Field Fabrication & Installation

Aluminum 5052-H32 (Trough Bottoms, Covers and Accessories) • Excellent Strength to Weight Ratio

• Excellent Grounding Conductor

ASTM A1011 SS Gr. 33 (14 Gauge Plain Steel) • Electric Shielding

Steel ASTM A1008 Gr. 33 Type 2 • Finish Options

(16 & 18 Gauge Plain) • Low Thermal Expansion

ASTM A653SS Gr. 33 G90 (Pre-Galvanized) • Limited Deflection

ASTM A510 Gr. 1008 (FLEXTRAY) (plain wire)

Stainless Steel AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316 • Superior Corrosion Resistance

ASTM A240 • Withstands High Temperatures

Steel

Steel cable trays are fabricated from

continuous roll-formed structural

quality steel. By roll-forming steel, the

mechanical properties are increased

allowing the use of a lighter gauge

steel to carry the required load. This

reduces the dead weight that must be

carried by the supports and the

installers. Using structural quality

steel, B-Line assures that the material

will meet the minimum yield and

tensile strengths of applicable ASTM

standards. All cable tray side rails,

rungs and splice plates are numbered

for material traceability. The corrosion

resistance of steel varies widely with

coating and alloy.

Steel and Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Note:

For help choosing proper cable tray

material, see B-Line Technical Paper

Series.

(bline.com/engineer/Technical.asp)

Stainless Steel

Stainless Steel cable trays are

fabricated from continuous roll-formed

AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316/316L

stainless steel. Both are non-magnetic

and belong to the group called

austenitic stainless steels. Like carbon

steel, they exhibit increased strength

when cold worked by roll-forming or

bending.

Several important conditions could

make the use of stainless steel

imperative. These include long term

maintenance costs, corrosion

resistance, appearance and locations

where product contamination is

undesirable. Stainless steel exhibits

stable structural properties such as

yield strength and high creep strength

at elevated temperatures.

B-Line stainless steel cable trays

are welded using stainless steel

welding wire to ensure each weldment

exhibits the same corrosion resistant

characteristic as the base metal.

Localized staining in the weld area or

heat affected zone may occur in severe

environments. Specialized shielding

gases and low carbon materials are

used to minimize carbon contamination

during welding and reduce staining and

stress corrosion. Specify passivation

after fabrication per ASTM A380 to

minimize staining, improve aesthetics

and further improve corrosion

resistance.

A detailed study of the corrosive

environment is recommended when

considering a stainless steel design

(see pages CTS-6 & CTS-7).

Aluminum

Aluminum cable trays are fabricated

from structural grade “copper free”

(marine grade) aluminum extrusions.

Aluminum’s excellent corrosion

resistance is due to its ability to form

an aluminum oxide film that when

scratched or cut reforms the original

protective film. Aluminum has excellent

resistance to "weathering” in most

outdoor applications. Aluminum cable

tray has excellent corrosion resistance

in many chemical environments and

has been used for over thirty years in

petro-chemical plants and paper mills

along the gulf coast from Texas to

Florida. Typically, aluminum cable trays

can perform indefinitely, with little or no

degradation over time, making it ideal

for many chemical and marine

environments. The resistance to

chemicals, indoor and outdoor, can

best be determined by tests conducted

by the user with exposure to the

specific conditions for which it is

intended. For further information,

contact B-Line or the Aluminum

Association.

Some common chemicals which

aluminum resists are shown on pages

CTS-6 & CTS-7.

Aluminum Cable Tray

Standards Available

Cable Tray Selection

Note: Fiberglass available - see page 308

CTS-2

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

FINISH SPECIFICATION RECOMMENDED USE

Electrogalvanized Zinc ASTM B633 Indoor

(For Cable Tray Hardware and Accessories, Alum. and Pre-Galv.)

(For Flextray Standard is B633 SC2)

Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88 Indoor/Outdoor

(Hardware for Hot Dip Galvanized Cable Tray)

Pre-Galvanized Zinc ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90 (CSA Type 2) Indoor

(Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc ASTM A123 (CSA Type 1) Indoor/Outdoor

After Fabrication (Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

Special Paint Per Customer Specification Indoor

(Aluminum or Steel Cable Tray & Fittings)

Zinc Coatings

Zinc protects steel in two ways. First

it protects the steel as a coating and

second as a sacrificial anode to repair

bare areas such as cut edges,

scratches, and gouges. The corrosion

protection of zinc is directly related to

its thickness and the environment.

This means a .2 mil coating will last

twice as long as a .1 mil coating in the

same environment.

Galvanizing also protects cut and drilled edges.

Electrogalvanized Zinc

Electrogalvanized Zinc (also known

as zinc plated or electroplated) is the

process by which a coating of zinc is

deposited on the steel by electrolysis

from a bath of zinc salts. This finish is

standard for cable tray hardware and

some accessories for aluminum and

pre-galvanized systems.

A rating of SC3, B-Line standard,

provides a minimum zinc coating

thickness of .5 mils (excluding

threaded rod, which is SC1 = .2 mils)

When exposed to air and moisture,

zinc forms a tough, adherent,

protective film consisting of a mixture

of zinc oxides, hydroxides, and

carbonates. This film is in itself a barrier

coating which slows subsequent

corrosive attack on the zinc. This

coating is usually recommended for

indoor use in relatively dry areas, as it

provides ninety-six hours protection in

salt spray testing per ASTM B117.

allowing only a small heat affected

zone to be exposed. This small area

quickly repairs itself by the same

process as cut edges.

Hot Dip Galvanized After

Fabrication

(Hot dip galvanized or batch hot dip

galvanized)

Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication

cable tray products are fabricated from

steel and then completely immersed in

a bath of molten zinc. A metallic bond

occurs resulting in a zinc coating that

completely coats all surfaces, including

edges and welds.

Another advantage of this method is

coating thickness. Cable, trays hot dip

galvanized after fabrication, have a

minimum thickness of 1.50 ounces per

square foot on each side, or a total 3.0

ounces per square foot of steel,

according to ASTM A123.

The zinc thickness is controlled by

the amount of time each part is

immersed in the molten zinc bath as

well as the speed at which it is

removed. The term "double dipping"

refers to parts too large to fit into the

galvanizing kettle and, therefore, must

be dipped one end at a time. It does

not refer to extra coating thickness.

The layer of zinc which bonds to steel

provides a dual protection against

corrosion. It protects first as an overall

barrier coating. If this coating happens

to be scratched or gouged, zinc's

secondary defense is called upon to

protect the steel by galvanic action.

Hot dip galvanized after fabrication is

recommended for prolonged outdoor

exposure and will protect steel for

many years in most outdoor

environments and in many aggressive

industrial environments (see charts on

page CTS-4).

Chromium/Zinc

Chromium/Zinc is a corrosion

resistant composition, which was

developed to protect fasteners and

small bulk items for automotive use.

The coating applications have since

been extended to larger parts and

other markets.

Chromium/Zinc composition is an

aqueous coating dispersion containing

chromium, proprietary organics, and

zinc flake.

This finish provides 1000 hours

protection in salt spray testing per

ASTM B117, exceeding NEMA VE-1

requirements by 300%.

Pre-Galvanized Zinc

(Mill galvanized, hot dip mill galvanized

or continuous hot dip galvanized)

Pre-Galvanized steel is produced by

coating coils of sheet steel with zinc by

continuously rolling the material

through molten zinc at the mills. This is

also known as mill galvanized or hot

dip mill galvanized. These coils are

then slit to size and fabricated by roll

forming, shearing, punching, or forming

to produce B-Line pre-galvanized

cable tray products.

The G90 specification calls for a

coating of .90 ounces of zinc per

square foot of steel. This results in a

coating of .45 ounces per square foot

on each side of the sheet. This is

important when comparing this finish

to hot dip galvanized after fabrication.

During fabrication, cut edges and

welded areas are not normally zinc

coated; however, the zinc near the

uncoated metal becomes a sacrificial

anode to protect the bare areas after a

short period of time.

To further insure a quality product,

B-Line welds all pre-galvanized cable

trays with a silicon bronze welding wire

ZnFe

ZnO

Standards Available

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-3

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog Material

Number to be

Prefix Furnished

A Aluminum

P Pre-Galvanized

G Hot Dip Galvanized

ZN Zinc Plated

S Plain Steel

SS4 Type 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 Type 316 Stainless Steel

PVC Coating

PVC coating aluminum or steel cable

tray is not recommended and has been

removed from B-Line cable tray line.

The application of a 15 mil PVC

coating to aluminum or steel cable tray

was a somewhat popular finish option

15 or more years ago. The soft PVC

coating must be completely intact for

the finish to be effective. In a caustic

atmosphere, a pinhole in the coating

can render it useless and corrode the

cable tray. The shipment of the cable

tray consistently damages the coating,

as does installation. The splice

hardware, splice plates and ground

straps require field removal of the

coating to ensure connections. PVC

coated cable tray drastically increases

the product’s cost and delivery time.

B-Line recommends using fiberglass

- See Fiberglass section, or stainless

steel cable tray systems in highly

corrosive areas.

Painting Cable Tray

B-Line offers painted cable tray to

any color specified by the customer. It

is important to note that there are key

advantages and disadvantages to

ordering factory painted cable tray.

B-Line typically does not recommend

factory painted cable tray for most

applications.

Painted cable tray is often used in

“open ceiling” applications, where all

the overhead equipment and structure

is painted the same color. In this type

of application, additional painting is

often necessary in the field, after

installation, to ensure all of the

supporting components, such as

hanger rods, clamps and attaching

hardware have been painted uniformly.

Pre-painted cable tray interferes with

common grounding practices, requiring

the paint to be removed at splice

locations, and/or the addition of

bonding jumpers that were otherwise

unnecessary. This additional field

modification not only increases the

installation cost, but causes potential

damage to the special painted finish.

It is typically more cost effective to

use an Aluminum or Pre-Galvanized

Steel cable tray and paint it after

installation, along with the other

un-painted building components.

Consult painting contractor for proper

surface preparation.

Special Paint

B-Line cable tray and supports can

be painted or primed to meet the

customers requirements. B-Line has

several colors available, consult the

factory.

If a non-standard color is required the

following information needs to be

specified:

1. Type of material preparation

(primer, etc.)

2. Type of paint, manufacturer and

paint number or type of paint with

chip.

3. Dry film thickness.

Service Life is defined as the time to 5% rusting of the steel surface.

Anticipated Life of Zinc Coatings In Various Atmospheric Environments

= Zinc Coating 1.50 Oz./Ft.2(.0026" Thick)

Hot Dip

= Zinc Coating 0.45 Oz./Ft.2(.00075" Thick)

Pre-Galvanized

Life

Years

10 87653

Rural Tropical Temperate Suburban Urban Highly

Marine Marine Industrial

Environment

Material/Finish

Prefix Designation Chart

Standards Available

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-4

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Magnesium

Magnesium Alloys

Zinc

Beryllium

Aluminum - Zinc Alloys (7000 series)

Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (5000 series)

Aluminum (1000 series)

Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (3000 series)

Aluminum - Magnesium - Silicon Alloys (6000 series)

Cadmium

Aluminum - Copper Alloys (2000 series)

Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Mild Steel

Austenitic Nickel Cast Iron

Type 410 Stainless Steel (active)

Type 316 Stainless Steel (active)

Type 304 Stainless Steel (active)

Naval Brass, Yellow Brass, Red Brass

Tin

Copper

Lead-Tin Solders

Admiralty Brass, Aluminum Brass

Manganese Bronze

Silicon Bronze

Tin Bronze

Type 410 Stainless Steel (passive)

Nickel - Silver

Copper Nickel Alloys

Lead

Nickel - Aluminum Bronze

Silver Solder

Nickel 200

Silver

Type 316 Stainless Steel (passive)

Type 304 Stainless Steel (passive)

Incoloy 825

Hastelloy B

Titanium

Hastelloy C

Platinum

Graphite

Galvanic Series In Sea Water

More Anodic

Corrosion

Anodic End

Cathodic End

Cable Tray Selection

All metal surfaces are affected by corrosion. Depending on

the physical properties of the metal and the environment

to which it is exposed, chemical or electromechanical

corrosion may occur.

Atmospheric Corrosion

Atmospheric corrosion occurs when metal is exposed to

airborne liquids, solids or gases. Some sources of

atmospheric corrosion are moisture, salt, dirt and

sulphuric acid. This form of corrosion is typically worse

outdoors, especially near marine environments.

Chemical Corrosion

Chemical corrosion takes place when metal comes in

direct contact with a corrosive solution. Some factors

which affect the severity of chemical corrosion include:

chemical concentration level, duration of contact,

frequency of washing, and operating temperature.

Storage Corrosion

Wet storage stain (White rust) is caused by the entrapment

of moisture between surfaces of closely packed and

poorly ventilated material for an extended period. Wet

storage stain is usually superficial, having no affect on the

properties of the metal.

Light staining normally disappears with weathering.

Medium to heavy buildup should be removed, in order to

allow the formation of normal protective film.

Proper handling and storage will help to assure stain-free

material. If product arrives wet, it should be unpacked and

dried before storage. Dry material should be stored in a

well ventilated “low moisture” environment to avoid

condensation formation. Outdoor storage is undesirable,

and should be avoided whenever possible.

Galvanic Corrosion

Galvanic corrosion occurs when two or more dissimilar

metals are in contacts in the presence of an electrolyte (ie.

moisture). An electrolytic cell is created and the metals

form an anode or a cathode depending on their relative

position on the Galvanic Series Table. The anodic material

will be the one to corrode. Whether a material is anodic

depends on the relative position of the other material. For

example: If zinc and steel are in contact, the zinc acts as

the anode and will corrode; the steel acts as the cathode,

and will be protected. If steel and copper are in contact,

the steel is now the anode and will corrode.

The rate at which galvanic corrosion occurs depends on

several factors:

1. The amount and concentration of electrolyte present-

An indoor, dry environment will have little or no galvanic

corrosion compared to a wet atmosphere.

2. The relative size of the materials- A small amount of

anodic material in contact with a large cathodic material

will result in greater corrosion. Likewise, a large anode

in contact with a small cathode will decrease the rate of

attack.

3. The relative position on the Galvanic Series Table - The

further apart in the Galvanic Series Table, the greater

the potential for corrosion of the anodic material.

CTS-5

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Material

Chemical Aluminum Stainless Type 304 Stainless Type 316

Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot

Acteone RRR RRR RRR

Aluminum Chloride Solution NR NR NR NR -- -- F -- --

Anhydrous Aluminum Chloride RRRNR -- -- F -- --

Aluminum Sulfate RRR RRR RRR

Ammonium Chloride 10% FFNR RRR RRR

Ammonium Hydroxide FFFRRRRRR

Ammonium Phosphate FFNR R -- -- R -- --

Ammonium Sulfate F -- -- RRR RRR

Ammonium Thiocyanate RRR R-- -- RRR

Amyl Acetate RRR RRR RRR

Amyl Alcohol RRR R-- -- RRR

Arsenic Acid FFFRR-- RRR

Barium Chloride FFNR RRR RRR

Barium Sulfate RRR RR-- RR--

Barium Sulfide NR NR NR RR-- RR--

Benzene RRR RRR RRR

Benzoic Acid FFNR RRR RRR

Boric Acid RRF RRR RRR

Bromine Liquid or Vapor NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Butyl Acetate RRR R-- -- RRR

Butyl Alcohol RRR RRR RRR

Butyric Acid FFFRRRRRR

Calcium Chloride 20% FFNR R -- -- R -- --

Calcium Hydroxide N -- -- RRF RRR

Calcium Hypochlorite 2 - 3% F -- -- R -- -- R -- --

Calcium Sulfate RR-- RR-- RR--

Carbon Monoxide Gas RRR RRR RRR

Carbon Tetrachloride FFNR FFFRRR

Chloroform Dry R NR NR RR-- RR--

Chloroform Solution R NR NR -- -- -- -- -- --

Chromic Acid 10% CP RR-- RRF RRR

Citric Acid FFFRRNR RRR

Copper Cyanide NR NR NR RRR RRR

Copper Sulfate 5% NR NR NR RRR RRR

Ethyl Alcohol RRR RRR RRR

Ethylene Glycol RRF RR-- RRR

Ferric Chloride NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Ferrous Sulfate 10% R NR NR RR-- RR--

Formaldehyde 37% RRR RRR RRR

Formic Acid 10% RR-- RRNR RRR

Gallic Acid 5% RRNR RRR RRR

Hydrochloride Acid 25% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Hydrofluoric Acid 10% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Hydrogen Peroxide 30% RRR RRR RRR

Hydrogen Sulfide Wet R -- -- NR NR NR RRR

R= Recommended

F= May be used under some conditions

NR = Not Recommended

-- = Information not available

The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)

The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.

B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to

determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages FCT-3 & FCT-4).

Cold = 50 - 80°F Warm = 130 - 170°F Hot = 200 - 212°F

Corrosion Guide

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-6

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Material

Chemical Aluminum Stainless Type 304 Stainless Type 316

Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot

Lactic Acid 10% RFNR RRF RRR

Lead Acetate 5% NR NR NR RRR RRR

Magnesium Chloride 1% NR NR NR R -- FR-- R

Magnesium Hydroxide RRRRR-- RR--

Magnesium Nitrate 5% R -- -- RRR RRR

Nickel Chloride NR NR NR R -- -- R -- --

Nitric Acid 15% NR NR NR RRR RRR

Oleic Acid RRF RRF RRR

Oxalic Acid 10% RFNR NR NR NR RRR

Phenol CP RRRRRR RRR

Phosphoric Acid 50% NR NR NR RRR RFNR

Potassium Bromide 100% RFNR RR-- RRR

Potassium Carbonate 100% FF-- RRRRRR

Potassium Chloride 5% RRRRRR RRR

Potassium Dichromate RRR RRR RRR

Potassium Hydroxide 50% NR NR NR RRR RRR

Potassium Nitrate 50% RRR RRR RRR

Potassium Sulfate 5% RRRRRR RRR

Propyl Alcohol RRRRRR RRR

Sodium Acetate 20% RFF RRRRRR

Sodium Bisulfate 10% RFF RRRRRR

Sodium Borate RFF RRRRRR

Sodium Carbonate 18% RFF RRRRRR

Sodium Chloride 5% R NR NR RRR RRR

Sodium Hydroxide 50% NR NR NR RRR RRR

Sodium Hypochlorite 5% RFF F-- -- R -- --

Sodium Nitrate 100% RRRRRR RRR

Sodium Nitrite 100% RRRRRR RRR

Sodium Sulfate 100% RRF RRR RRR

Sodium Thiosulfate RRRRRR RRR

Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) RRRRRR RRR

Sulfuric Acid 5% NR NR -- F NR NR R -- --

Sulfuric Acid 10% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Sulfuric Acid 50% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Sulfuric Acid 75 - 98% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Sulfuric Acid 98 - 100% NR NR -- R -- -- RRF

Tannic Acid 10 & 50% NR NR NR RRR RRR

Tartaric Acid 10 & 50% F NR NR RRR RRR

Vinegar FFFRRRRRR

Zinc Chloride 5 & 20% F NR NR RFNR RRR

Zinc Nitrate F NR NR RRR RRR

Zinc Sulfate F NR NR RRR RRR

R = Recommended

F = May be used under some conditions

NR = Not Recommended

-- = Information not available

The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)

The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.

B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in

order to determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages FCT-3 & FCT-4).

Cold = 50 - 80°F Warm = 130 - 170°F Hot = 200 - 212°F

Corrosion Guide

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-7

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints For 1" Movement

Temperature Stainless Steel

Differential Steel Aluminum 304 316

˚F ˚C Feet m Feet m Feet m Feet m

25 -4 512 156.0 260 79.2 347 105.7 379 115.5

50 10 256 78.0 130 39.6 174 53.0 189 57.6

75 24 171 52.1 87 26.5 116 35.4 126 38.4

100 38 128 39.0 65 19.8 87 26.5 95 29.0

125 51 102 31.1 52 15.8 69 21.0 76 23.2

150 65 85 25.9 43 13.1 58 17.7 63 19.2

175 79 73 22.2 37 11.3 50 15.2 54 16.4

Note: every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity.

It is important that thermal contraction

and expansion be considered when

installing cable tray systems. The

length of the straight cable tray runs

and the temperature differential

govern the number of expansion splice

plates required (see Table 2 below).

The cable tray should be anchored

at the support nearest to its midpoint

between the expansion splice plates

and secured by expansion guides at all

other support locations (see Figure 1).

The cable tray should be permitted

longitudinal movement in both

directions from that fixed point. When

used, covers should be overlapped at

expansion splices.

Accurate gap settings at the time of

installation are necessary for the proper

operation of the expansion splice

plates. The following procedure should

assist the installer in determining the

correct gap: (see Figure 2)

Plot the highest expected metal

temperature on the maximum

temperature line.

Plot the lowest expected metal

temperature on the minimum

temperature line.

Draw a line between the maximum

and minimum points.

Plot the metal temperature at the

time of installation to determine

the gap setting.

Refer to page FCT-8 for thermal

contraction and expansion of

fiberglass cable trays.

Thermal Contraction and Expansion

C°F°F° C°

Maximum Minimum

Temperature Temperature

130

-10

-30

110

130

110

-10

-30

-10

-20

-30

-40

-10

-20

-30

-40

1/8

(3.2)

1/4

(6.3)

3/8

(9.5)

1/2

(12.7)

5/8

(15.9)

3/4

(19.0)

7/8

(22.2)

(0.0)

(25.4)

GAP SETTING Inches (mm)

Metal Temperature At Time Of Installation

X -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- X

X :Denotes hold-down clamp

(anchor) at support.

_: Denotes expansion guide

clamp at support.

Expansion Splice Plates

(Bonding Jumpers Required

On Each Side of Tray)

Figure 2

Table 2

Figure 1

Typical Cable Tray Installation

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-8

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Weight

The weight of an aluminum cable tray is approximately half that of a comparable steel tray. Some factors to

consider include: shipping costs, material, handling, project weight restrictions and the strength of support members.

Field Modifications

Aluminum cable tray is easier to cut and drill than steel cable tray since it is a “softer” material. Similarly,

galvanized steel cable tray is easier to cut and drill than stainless steel cable tray. B-Line aluminum cable tray uses

a four bolt splice, resulting in half as much drilling and hardware installation as most steel cable tray, which uses an

eight bolt splice. Hot dip galvanized and painted steel cable tray finishes must be repaired when field cutting or

drilling. Failure to repair coatings will impair the cable tray’s corrosion resistance.

Availability

Aluminum, pre-galvanized, stainless steel and fiberglass cable tray can normally be shipped from the factory in

a short period of time. Hot dip galvanized and painted cable tray requires an additional coating process, adding

several days of preparation before final shipment. Typically, a coated cable tray will be sent to an outside source

for coating, requiring additional packing and shipping.

Electrical Grounding Capacity

The National Electrical Code, Article 392.7 allows

cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding

conductor. All B-Line standard steel and aluminum

cable trays are classified by Underwriter’s

Laboratories per NEC Table 392.7 based on their

cross-sectional area.

The corresponding cross-sectional area for each

side rail design (2 side rails) is listed on a fade

resistant UV stabilized label (see Figure 3). This

cable tray label is attached to each straight section

and fitting that is U.L. classified. U.L. assigned

cross-sectional area is also stated in the loading

charts in this catalog for each system.

NEMA Installation Guide

The new NEMA VE 2 is a cable tray installation

guideline and is available from NEMA, CTI or B-Line.

For free download see www.cabletrays.com.

Table 392.7(B)(2)

Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays

Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors

Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,

Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip

Setting, or Circuit Breaker Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of

Protective Relay Ampere Trip Metal* In Square Inches

Setting for Ground Fault

Protection of any Cable Circuit Steel Aluminum

in the Cable Tray System Cable Trays Cable Trays

60 0.20 0.20

100 0.40 0.20

200 0.70 0.20

400 1.00 0.40

600 1.50** 0.40

1000 -- 0.60

1200 -- 1.00

1600 -- 1.50

2000 -- 2.00**

For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.

* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays; or

the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable

trays of one-piece construction.

** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits

with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be

used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection

above 2000 amperes.

For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be used.

Installation Considerations

Figure 3

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,

Or Support For Personnel.

www.cooperbline.com

(618) 654-2184

Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION

Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001

Mark Number: 78101115400

Purchase Order: D798981

Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN.

Load Class: D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN

30781011154005

1 of 1

09/15/2005

000291745

Cable Tray Selection

WARNING!

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as

to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

NON-VENTILATED

Reference File #LR36026

CTS-9

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Wind Loads

Wind loads need to be determined for all outdoor

cable tray installations. Most outdoor cable trays are

ladder type trays, therefore the most severe loading

to be considered is impact pressure normal to the

cable tray side rails (see detail 1).

The impact pressure corresponding to several wind

velocities are given below in Table 1.

Table 1

Impact Pressures

V(mph) P(lbs/ft2) V(mph) P(lbs/ft2)

15 0.58 85 18.5

20 1.02 90 20.7

25 1.60 95 23.1

30 2.30 100 25.6

35 3.13 105 28.2

40 4.09 110 30.9

45 5.18 115 33.8

50 6.39 120 36.8

55 7.73 125 40.0

60 9.21 130 43.3

65 10.80 135 46.6

70 12.50 140 50.1

75 14.40 145 53.8

80 16.40 150 57.6

V= Wind Velocity

P= Impact Pressure

Note: These values are for an air density of 0.07651 lbs/ft3

corresponding to a temperature of 60˚ F and barometric

pressure of 14.7 lbs/in2.

Example Calculation:

Side load for 6" side rail with 100 mph wind

25.6 x 6 = 12.8 lbs/ft

When covers are installed on outdoor cable trays,

another factor to be considered is the aerodynamic

effect which can produce a lift strong enough to

separate a cover from a tray. Wind moving across

a covered tray (see detail 2) creates a positive

pressure inside the tray and a negative pressure

above the cover. This pressure difference can lift the

cover off the tray.

B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty wrap-

around cover clamps when covered trays are

installed in an area where strong winds occur.

Special Notice:

Covers on wide cable tray and/or cable tray installed

at elevations high off the ground may require

additional heavy duty clamps or thicker cover

material.

Ice Loads

Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of ice

build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle freezing on

impact with an exposed object. Generally, only the

top surface (or the cover) and the windward side of

a cable tray system is significantly coated with ice.

The maximum design load to be added due to ice

should be calculated as follows:

LI = (W xTI)x DIwhere;

144

LI= Ice Load (lbs/linear foot)

W= Cable Tray Width (inches)

TI= Maximum Ice Thickness (inches)

DI= Ice Density = 57 lbs/ft3

the maximum ice thickness will vary depending on

location. A thickness of 1/2" can be used as a

conservative standard.

Example Calculation:

Ice Loads for 24" wide tray with 1/2" thick ice;

24 x .5 x 57 = 4.75 lbs/ft

144

Detail 1

Detail 2

Environmental Loads

CTS-10

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Environmental Loads

Snow Loads

Snow is measured by density and thickness. The density of snow varies almost as much as its thickness.

The additional design load from snowfall should be determined using the building codes which apply for each

installation.

Seismic Loads

A great deal of seismic testing and evaluation of cable tray systems, and their supports, has been performed.

The conclusions reached from these evaluations is that cable tray is stronger laterally than vertically, since it

acts as a truss in the lateral direction. Other factors that contribute to the stability of cable tray are the energy

dissipating motion of the cables within the tray, and the high degree of ductility of the cable tray and the

support material. These factors, working in conjunction with a properly designed cable tray system, should

afford reasonable assurance to withstand even strong motion earthquakes.

When seismic bracing is required for a cable tray system, it should be applied to the supports and not the

cable tray itself. B-Line’s “Seismic Restraints” brochure provides OSHPD approved methods of bracing cable

tray supports using standard B-Line products. Contact B-Line to receive a copy of this brochure.

Concentrated Loads

A concentrated static load represents a static weight applied at a single point between the side rails. Tap

boxes, conduit attachments and long cable drops are just some of the many types of concentrated loads.

When so specified, these concentrated static loads may be converted to an equivalent, uniform load (We) by

using the following formula:

We = 2 x (concentrated Static Load)

span length

B-Line cable tray side rails, rungs and bottoms will withstand a 200 lb. static load without collapse (series

14 excluded)*. However, it should be noted that per NEMA Standard Publication VE1 cable tray is designed as

a support for power or control cables, or both, and is not intended or designed to be a walkway for personnel.

Each section of B-Line Cable Tray has a label stating the following message:

Warning! Not to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a

mechanical support for cables and raceway.

CTS-11

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Support Span

The strength of a cable tray is largely determined by the strength of its side rails. The strength of a cable tray

side rail is proportionate to the distance between the supports on which it is installed, commonly referred to as

the “support span”. Therefore, the strength of a cable tray system can be altered by changing the support

span. However, there is a limit to how much the strength of a cable tray system can be increased by reducing

the support span, because the strength of the cable tray bottom members could become the determining

factor of strength.

Once the load requirement of a cable tray system has been established, the following factors should be

considered:

1. Sometimes the location of existing structural beams will dictate the cable tray support span.

This is typical with outdoor installations where adding intermediate supports could be financially

prohibitive. For this situation the appropriate cable tray must be selected to accommodate the

existing span.

2. When cable tray supports are randomly located, the added cost of a higher strength cable tray

system should be compared to the cost of additional supports. Typically, adding supports is

more costly than installing a stronger series of cable tray. The stronger cable tray series (e.g.

from 75 lbs./ft. on 20’ span to 100 lbs./ft. on 20’ span) will increase the price of the cable tray

system minimally, possibly less than $1/ft., with little or no additional labor cost for installation.

Alternately, one extra support may cost $100.00 (material and labor) for a simple trapeze. Future

cable additions or the capability of supporting equipment, raceways for example, also favor

stronger cable tray systems. In summary, upgrading to a stronger cable tray series is

typically more cost-effective than using the recommended additional supports for a lighter

duty cable tray series.

3. The support span lengths should be equal to or less than unspliced straight section lengths, to

ensure that no more than one splice is placed between supports as stated in the NEMA VE 2

Cable Tray Installation Guideline.

CTS-12

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Deflection

Deflection in a cable tray system is primarily an

aesthetic consideration. When a cable tray system is

installed in a prominent location, a maximum simple

beam deflection of 1/200 of support span can be

used as a guideline to minimize visual deflection.

It is important at this point to mention that there

are two typical beam configurations, simple beam

and continuous beam, and to clarify the difference.

A good example of a simple beam is a single

straight section of cable tray supported, but not

fastened at either end. When the tray is loaded the

cable tray is allowed to flex. Simple beam analysis is

used almost universally for beam comparisons even

though it is seldom practical in the field installations.

The three most prominent reasons for using a simple

beam analysis are: calculations are simplified; it

represents the worst case loading; and testing is

simple and reliable. The published load data in the

B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the simple

beam analysis per NEMA & CSA Standards.

Continuous beam is the beam configuration most

commonly used in cable tray installations. An

example of this configuration is where cable trays are

installed across several supports to form a number of

spans. The continuous beam possesses traits of

both the simple and fixed beams. When equal loads

are applied to all spans simultaneously, the counter-

balancing effect of the loads on both sides of a

support restricts the movement of the cable tray at

the support. The effect is similar to that of a fixed

beam. The end spans behave substantially like

simple beams. When cable trays of identical design

are compared, the continuous beam installation will

typically have approximately half the deflection of a

simple beam of the same span. Therefore simple

beam data should be used only as a general

comparison. The following factors should be

considered when addressing cable tray deflection:

1. Economic consideration must be considered

when addressing cable deflection criteria.

2. Deflection in a cable tray system can be reduced

by decreasing the support span, or by using a

taller or stronger cable tray.

3. When comparing cable trays of equivalent

strength, a steel cable tray will typically exhibit

less deflection than an aluminum cable tray since

the modulus of elasticity of steel is nearly three

times that of aluminum.

4. The location of splices in a continuous span will

affect the deflection of the cable tray system. The

splices should be located at points of minimum

stress whenever practical. NEMA Standards VE 1

limits the use of splice plates as follows:

Unspliced straight sections should be used on all

simple spans and on end spans of continuous span

runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or

greater than the span length to ensure not more

than one splice between supports.

See the figures below for splicing configuration

samples.

Simple Beam

Continuous Beam

Typical Continuous

Span Configuration

Preferred Splice

Plate Locations

Undesirable Splice

Plate Locations

+ Maximum Positive Moment

- Maximum Negative Moment

CTS-13

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Load Capacity

Calculate each anticipated load factor, then add them to obtain a total load.

(Example: Working Load = Cable + Concentrated + Wind + Snow + Ice Loads).

The Working Load should be used, along with the maximum support spacing, to select a span/load

class designation from Table 3. Table 4 (page CTS-15) contains the most common load/span class

designations per the US and Canadian metallic cable tray standard, CSA, C22.2 No. 126.1-98 First

Addition, NEMA VE 1-1998.

Class Designations for lengths of

lb/ft kg/m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m

8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 16 (4.9) 20 (6.0)

25 37 –– A –– –– ––

45 67 –– –– –– –– D

50 74 8A –– 12A 16A 20A

65 97 –– C –– –– ––

75 112 8B –– 12B 16B E or 20B

100 149 8C –– 12C 16C 20C

120 179 –– D –– –– ––

200 299 –– E –– –– ––

Load

Class

Table 3 - These Loading Classes Are

Historical and Supplied For Reference Only

Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C were the traditional

NEMA designations. A, C, D, and E were the conventional CSA designations.

Actual tested loadings per span will be stated on the product labels.

CTS-14

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Table 4 - B-Line Cable Tray Load Classes

Aluminum Steel

Copper free HDGAF/Pre-Galvanized

Series Load Load Span Former Classes Series Load Load Span Former Classes

Depth

lb/ft (kg/m)

ft (m) NEMA CSA Depth

lb/ft (kg/m)

ft (m) NEMA CSA

RSI04A 2.68 75 (112) 12 (3.7) 12B C (3m) 148* 3 51 (76) 12 (3.7) 12A C1(3m)

24A 3 126 (187) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m) 248* 3 103 (153) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m)

34A 3 80 (119) 20 (6.1) 20B E (6m) 346* 3 63 (94) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(6m)

RSI05A 3.66 83 (123) 12 (3.7) 12B C (3m) 444* 3 91 (135) 20 (6.1) 20B E (3m)

25A 4 50 (74) 20 (6.1) 16B D1(6m) 156* 4 76 (113) 12 (3.7) 12B C1(3m)

35A 4 121 (180) 16 (4.9) 20B E (3m) 258* 4 109 (162) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m)

RSI06A 4.64 82 (121) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m) 356* 4 69 (103) 20 (6.1) 16C D1(6m)

26A 5 51 (76) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(6m) 358* 4 62 (92) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(6m)

36A 5 84 (125) 20 (6.1) 20B E (6m) 454* 4 106 (158) 20 (6.1) 20C E (6m)

46A 5 103 (153) 20 (6.1) 20C E (6m) 166* 5 77 (115) 12 (3.7) 12B C1(3m)

H46A 5 167 (248) 20 (6.1) 167# @ 20'

131 kg/m(7.6m)

268* 5 110 (164) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m)

RSI07A 5.63 122 (182) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m) 368† 5 59 (88) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(3m)

37A 6 80 (119) 20 (6.1) 20B 366* 5 75 (112) 20 (6.1) 20B E (6m)

47A 6 100 (149) 20 (6.1) 20C 464* †5123 (183) 20 (6.1) 119# @ 20' E (6m)

H47A 6 149 (222) 20 (6.1) 149# @ 20' 176* 6 86 (128) 12 (3.7) 12B

137 kg/m(3.7m)

57A 6 102 (152) 30 (9.1) 102# @ 30'

152 kg/m(9.1m)

378* 6 51 (76) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(3m)

S8A 6 161 (240) 30 (9.1) 161# @ 30'

240 kg/m(9.1m)

476* 6 77 (115) 20 (6.1) 20B D1(6m)

574* 6 130 (193) 20 (6.1) 117# @ 20' E (6m)

348† 3 125 (186) 12 (3.7) 12C C1(3m)

358† 4 62 (92) 20 (6.1) 20A 89 kg/m(6.1m)

FT1.5X12 11/211 (16) 8 (2.4)

FT2X2 2 20 (30) 8 (2.4)

FT2X4 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X6 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X8 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X12 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X16 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X18 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X20 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

FT2X24 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

Fiberglass FT2X30 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

13F

2 145 (216) 8 (2.4) 8C FT2X36 2 27 (40) 8 (2.4)

24F

3 156 (232) 12 (3.7) FT4X4 4 36 (53) 8 (2.4)

36F

5 88 (131) 20 (6.1) FT4X6 4 46 (68) 8 (2.4)

46F

5 141 (210) 20 (6.1) FT4X8 4 47 (70) 8 (2.4)

H46F

5 152 (226) 20 (6.1) FT4X12 4 47 (70) 8 (2.4)

48F

7 125 (187) 20 (6.1) FT4X16 4 47 (70) 8 (2.4)

FT4X18 4 47 (70) 8 (2.4)

FT4X20 4 47 (70) 8 (2.4)

FT4X24 4 50 (74) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT4X30 4 50 (74) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT6X8 6 43 (64) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT6X12 6 48 (71) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT6X16 6 50 (74) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT6X18 6 50 (74) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT6X20 6 55 (82) 8 (2.4) 8A

FT6X24 6 60 (89) 8 (2.4) 8A

*G denotes CSA Type 1 (HDGAF) or P denotes CSA Type 2 (Mill-Galvanized) †SS4 (Type 304 Stainless) or SS6 (Type 316 Stainless)

CTS-15

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

3 conductors with ground 4 conductors with ground

Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight

Size in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft

8 0.66 0.34 0.33 0.72 0.41 0.42

6 0.74 0.43 0.45 0.81 0.52 0.58

4 0.88 0.61 0.66 0.96 0.72 0.84

2 1.00 0.79 0.96 1.10 0.95 1.20

1 1.13 1.00 1.17 1.25 1.23 1.55

1/0 1.22 1.17 1.43 1.35 1.43 1.84

2/0 1.31 1.35 1.72 1.45 1.65 2.20

3/0 1.42 1.58 2.14 1.58 1.96 2.80

4/0 1.55 2.64 1.77 3.46

250 1.76 3.18 1.93 4.04

350 1.98 4.29 2.18 5.48

500 2.26 5.94 2.50 7.64

750 2.71 9.01 3.12 11.40

1000 3.10 11.70

XHHW THHN, THWN TW, THW USE, RHH, RHW

Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight

Size in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft

1/0 0.48 0.37 0.50 0.37 0.53 0.39 0.53 0.39

2/0 0.52 0.46 0.54 0.46 0.57 0.48 0.57 0.49

3/0 0.58 0.57 0.60 0.57 0.62 0.60 0.63 0.60

4/0 0.63 0.71 0.66 0.71 0.68 0.74 0.68 0.75

250 0.70 0.38 0.85 0.72 0.41 0.85 0.75 0.44 0.88 0.76 0.45 0.89

300 0.75 0.44 1.02 0.77 0.47 1.02 0.81 0.52 1.04 0.81 0.52 1.05

350 0.80 0.50 1.17 0.83 0.54 1.17 0.86 0.58 1.21 0.86 0.58 1.22

400 0.85 0.57 1.33 0.87 0.59 1.33 0.90 0.64 1.37 0.91 0.65 1.38

500 0.93 0.68 1.64 0.96 0.72 1.64 0.98 0.75 1.69 0.99 0.77 1.70

600 1.04 0.85 2.03 1.06 0.88 2.01 1.09 0.93 2.03 1.10 0.95 2.07

750 1.14 1.02 2.24 1.17 1.08 2.48 1.19 1.11 2.51 1.20 1.13 2.55

1000 1.29 2.52 1.32 3.30 1.34 3.31 1.35 3.33

3 conductors with ground 4 conductors with ground

Diameter (in.) Area (in.2) Weight (lbs/ft) Diameter (in.) Area (in.2) Weight (lbs/ft)

Without With Without With Alum. Steel Without With Without With Alum. Steel

Size Jacket Jacket Jacket Jacket Armor Armor Jacket Jacket Jacket Jacket Armor Armor

8 0.70 0.80 0.38 0.50 0.41 0.57 0.76 0.86 0.45 0.58 0.51 0.68

6 0.78 0.88 0.48 0.61 0.55 0.74 0.85 0.95 0.57 0.71 0.69 0.87

4 0.89 0.99 0.62 0.77 0.74 0.95 0.97 1.07 0.74 0.90 0.93 1.15

2 1.01 1.12 0.80 0.99 1.08 1.32 1.10 1.22 0.95 1.17 1.29 1.56

1 1.16 1.27 1.06 1.27 1.38 1.63 1.25 1.36 1.23 1.45 1.61 1.91

1/0 1.23 1.34 1.19 1.41 1.56 1.86 1.35 1.46 1.43 1.67 1.94 2.27

2/0 1.32 1.43 1.37 1.61 1.85 2.20 1.46 1.56 1.67 1.91 2.36 2.72

3/0 1.46 1.57 1.67 1.94 2.35 2.67 1.58 1.71 1.96 2.30 2.94 3.33

4/0 1.56 1.68 2.82 3.21 1.75 1.88 3.64 3.97

250 1.74 1.86 3.31 3.94 1.92 2.04 4.21 4.64

350 1.96 2.10 4.48 4.97 2.16 2.30 5.71 6.12

500 2.24 2.37 6.08 6.58 2.47 2.63 7.91 8.39

750 2.68 2.84 8.96 9.70 3.03 3.22 11.48 12.17

Multiconductor Cable Type MC, 600V with XHHW Conductors, Copper

Single Conductor Cable 600V

The cable load is simply the total

weight of all the cables to be placed in

the tray. This load should be expressed

in lbs/ft.

The data on this page provides

average weights for common cable

sizes.

Cable Data Multiconductor Cable Type TC, 600V with XHHW

Conductors, Copper

CTS-16

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Allowable Cable Fill

For allowable cable types see the Appendix page 383.

The following guidelines are based on the 2002 National Electrical Code, Article 392.

I) Number of Multiconductor Cables rated 2000 volts or less in the Cable Tray

(1) 4/0 or Larger Cables

The ladder cable tray must have an inside available width equal to or greater than the sum of the

diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using solid bottom

cable tray, the sum of the cable diameters is not to exceed 90% of the available cable tray width.

Example: Cable Tray width is obtained as follows:

List (D) (N) Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal

Cable Sizes List Cable List Number of the Sum of the

Outside Diameter of Cables Cable Diameters

3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches

3/C - #250 kcmil 1.76 inches 2 3.52 inches

3/C - #4/0 AWG 1.55 inches 4 6.20 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore

a cable tray with an available width of at least 12 inches is required.

(2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all

the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be

equal to or less than the allowable cable area for

the tray width, as indicated in Table 5.

When using solid bottom cable tray, the allowable

cable area is reduced by 22%.

Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:

(A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N) + Total

List List Cable Cross List Number of the Cross-Sectional

Cable Sizes Sectional Areas of Cables Area for each Size

3/C - #12 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 10 1.67 sq. in.

4/C - #12 AWG 0.190 sq. in. 8 1.52 sq. in.

3/C - # 6 AWG 0.430 sq. in. 6 2.58 sq. in.

3/C - # 2 AWG 0.800 sq. in. 9 7.20 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas is 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches.

Using Table 4, a 12-inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used.

Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in allowable cable area

for power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable cable area for all cable tray with a 3

inch or greater loading depth is limited to the allowable cable area for a 3 inch loading depth.

(3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0

The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but

one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as

they are to be placed in a single layer. continued on CTS-18

Inside Width Allowable

of Cable Tray Cable Area

inches square inches

6 7.0

9 10.5

12 14.0

18 21.0

24 28.0

Table 5

CTS-17

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Allowable Cable Fill

Cable Tray Selection

A direct method to determine the correct cable tray width is to figure the cable tray widths

required for each of the cable combinations per steps (2) & (3).

Then add the widths in order to select the proper cable tray width.

Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:

Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables

(D) (N) Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal

List List Cable List Number of the Sum of the

Cable Size Outside Diameter of Cables Cable Diameters (Sd)

3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches

3/C - #4/0 AGW 1.55 inches 2 3.10 inches

Cable tray width (inches) required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches.

Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG

(A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N) = Total

List List Cable Cross List Number of the Cross-Sectional

Cable Sizes Sectional Areas of Cables Area for each Size

3/C - #12 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 10 1.67 sq. in.

3/C - #6 AWG 0.430 sq. in. 8 3.44 sq. in.

3/C - #2 AWG 0.800 sq. in. 2 1.60 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas (inches) = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches.

From Table 5 (page 33), the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches.

The total cable tray width (inches) = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches. A 12-inch wide

cable tray is required.

(4) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only

A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total

available cable area filled with cable. When using solid bottom cable tray pans, the allowable

cable area is reduced from 50% to 40%.

Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

2/C- #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in.

Total cross sectional area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in.

Minimum available cable area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore the cable tray

width required for 4 inch available loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches.

II) Number of Single Conductor Cables Rated

2000 Volts or Less in the Cable Tray

All single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray

must be 1/0 or larger, and are not to be installed with

continuous bottom pans.

(1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables

The sum of the diameters (Sd) for all single conductor

cables to be installed shall not exceed the cable

tray width. See Table 6.

Inside Width Allowable

of Cable Tray Cable Area

inches square inches

6 6.50

9 9.50

12 13.00

18 19.50

24 26.00

30 32.50

36 39.00

Table 6

CTS-18

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Allowable Cable Fill

Cable Tray Selection

(2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the single conductor cables to be installed in the

cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated

in Table 6 (page 34). (Reference Table 8)

(3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables Installed with

Cables Smaller Than 1000 KCMIL

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all

the single conductor cables to be installed in

the cable tray must be equal to or less than the

allowable cable area for the tray width, as

indicated in Table 7.

(4) Single Conductor Cables 1/0 through 4/0

These single conductors must be installed in a

single layer. See Table 8.

Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may

cause problems with unbalanced voltages. To avoid

these potential problems, the individual conductors for this type of cable tray wiring system should

be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain all of the three-phase conductors for the circuit,

plus the neutral if used. The single conductor cables bundle should be firmly tied to the cable tray

assembly at least every 6 feet.

Table 8

Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables

That May Be Installed in Ladder Cable Tray

Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

III) Number of Type MV and MC Cables

Rated 2001 Volts or Over in the Cable Tray

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables, rated 2001 volts or over, is not to exceed the cable

tray width.

Inside Allowable

Width Cable

of Cable Area

Tray

inches square inches

6 6.50 - (1.1 Sd)

9 9.50 - (1.1 Sd)

12 13.00 - (1.1 Sd)

18 19.50 - (1.1 Sd)

24 26.00 - (1.1 Sd)

30 32.50 - (1.1 Sd)

36 39.00 - (1.1 Sd)

Table 7

Single Outside Area Cable Tray Width

Conductor Diameter 6912 18 24

Size in. sq. in. in. in. in. in. in.

1/0 0.58 - 10 15 20 31 41

2/0 0.62 -914 19 29 38

3/0 0.68 -813 17 26 35

4/0 0.73 -812 16 24 32

250 Kcmil 0.84 .55 11 18 24 35 47

350 Kcmil 0.94 .69 9 14 19 28 38

500 Kcmil 1.07 .90 7 11 14 22 29

750 Kcmil 1.28 1.29 5810 15 20

1000 Kcmil 1.45 -46812 16

CTS-19

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Sizing Cable Tray Per 2002 NEC 392

392.12

W ≥ Sd

(single layer)

392.3(B)(1)

Not recognized

by the NEC®

See

Exception

392.11(B)(3)

392.10(B)

W ≥ Sd

392.10(A)(1)

W ≥ Sd

392.10(A)(2)

W ≥ A/1.1

Note: The value “A”

only applies to cables

250 up to 1000 kcmil.

The value “Sd” only

applies to 1000 kcmil

and larger cables.

Note: Use when mixing

250 thru 1000 kcmil

cables with cables

larger than 1000 kcmil.

392.10(A)(3)

392.10(A)(4)

W ≥ Sd

(9” max. RS)

2000V

or less

cables

Multi-

conductor

cables

S/C 1/0

or larger

Ladder

or Vented

Trough

Tray

S/C

1000

kcmil or

larger

S/C

250

kcmil up

to 1000

kcmil

S/C

250 kcmil

and

larger

S/C 1/0

thru 4/0

Vented

Channel

Tray

Solid

Bottom

Tray

W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd

No No No

Yes

YesYes Yes

Yes

Continued

on following

page

Yes

Legend

W = Cable Tray Width

D = Cable Tray Load Depth

Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters

A = Sum of Cable Areas

S/C = Single Conductor

M/C = Multiconductor Cables

RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Start

Here

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-20

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Note: See appendix on page APP-15 for additional information regarding

cable ampacity and hazardous (classified) location requirements which might

affect the cable tray sizing flow chart.

392.9(E)(1)

W x D ≥ 1.6A

392.9(A)(1)

W ≥ Sd

(single layer)

392.9(C)(1)

W ≥ Sd/0.9

(single layer)

Note: The value “A”

only applies to cables

smaller than 4/0.

The value “Sd” only

applies to 4/0 and

larger cables, which

must be single layer.

Note: The value “A”

only applies to cables

smaller than 4/0.

The value “Sd” only

applies to 4/0 and

larger cables, which

must be single layer.

392.9(A)(3)

Vented

Channel

Tray

Solid

Channel

Tray

Solid

Bottom

Tray

Ladder

or Vented

Trough

Tray

One M/C

only

M/C 4/0

or larger

M/C 4/0

or larger

392.9(E)(2)

W x D ≥ 2.9A

392.9(F)(1)

W x D ≥ 1.9A

392.9(A)(2)

W ≥ A/1.2

392.9(C)(2)

W ≥ A/0.9

M/C

smaller

than 4/0

M/C

smaller

than 4/0

M/C

smaller than

4/0, with 4/0

larger

M/C

control

and/or

signal

W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd

No NoNo

NoNo

No No No

392.9(B)

W x D ≥ 2A

392.9(C)(3)

A + Sd

0.9

M/C

smaller than

4/0, with 4/0

larger

M/C

control

and/or

signal

W ≥

392.9(D)

W x D ≥ 2.5A

YesYes

Yes

Yes Yes Yes

Yes

Legend

W = Cable Tray Width

D = Cable Tray Load Depth

Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters

A = Sum of Cable Areas

S/C = Single Conductor

M/C = Multiconductor Cables

RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

One M/C

only

392.9(F)(2)

W x D ≥ 3.2A

Yes

Continued

from previous

page

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-21

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Requirements

Barrier strips are used to separate cable systems, such as when cables above

and below 600

volts per NEC 392.6(F) are installed in the same cable tray.

However, when MC type cables

rated over 600 volts are installed in the same cable tray with cables rated 600 volts or less, no

barriers are required. The barriers should be made of the same material type as the cable tray.

When ordering the barrier, the height must match the loading depth of the cable tray into which

it is being installed.

Future Expansion Requirements

One of the many features of cable tray is the ease of adding cables to an existing system. Future

expansion should always be considered when selecting a cable tray, and allowance should be

made for additional fill area and load capacity. A minimum of 50% expansion allowance is

recommended.

Space Limitations

Any obstacles which could interfere with a cable tray installation should be considered when

selecting a cable tray width and height. Adequate clearances should be allowed for installation of

supports and for cable accessibility.

Note: The overall cable tray dimensions typically exceed the nominal tray width and loading depth.

300 & 600

Volt Cables

Fixed Solid Barrier

Comparable Material

Cables Rated

Over 600 Volts

Cable Tray Selection

CTS-22

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Lengths Available

The current Cable Tray Standard, NEMA VE 1 and C22.2 No. 126.1-98, lists typical lengths as

3000 mm (10 ft), 3660 mm (12 ft), 6000 mm (20 ft), and 7320 mm (24 ft). It is impractical to

manufacture either lighter systems in the longer lengths or heavier systems in the shorter lengths.

For that reason, B-Line has introduced a primary and secondary length for each system.

These straight section lengths were selected to direct the user to lengths that best suit support

span demands and practical loading requirements. The primary length is the one that is the most

appropriate for the strength of the system and that will provide the fastest service levels. The

secondary lengths will be made available to service additional requirements. Special lengths are

available with extended lead times.

Support Span

Per the NEMA VE 2, the support span on which a cable tray is installed should not exceed the

length of the unspliced straight section. Thus installations with support spans greater than 12 feet

should use 240" (20 feet) or 288" (24 feet) cable tray lengths.

Space Limitations

Consideration should be given to the space available for moving the cable tray from delivery to it’s

final installation location. Obviously, shorter cable tray allows for more maneuverability in tight

spaces.

Installation

Shorter cable tray lengths are typically easier to maneuver on the job site during installation. Two

people may be needed to manipulate longer cable tray sections, while shorter sections might be

handled by one person. Although longer cable tray lengths are more difficult to maneuver, they

can reduce installation time due to the fact that there are fewer splice connections. This trade-off

should be evaluated for each set of job site restrictions.

CTS-23

Cable Tray Selection - Length

Cable Tray Systems

36" Wide 30" Wide 24" Wide 18" Wide 12" Wide 9" Wide 6" Wide

6" Fill 81 64 52 41 27 20 14

5" Fill 68 53 43 34 23 17 12

4" Fill 54 43 35 27 18 13 9

3" Fill 41 32 26 21 14 10 7

Data/Communication Cabling:

Low voltage cables can be stacked as there is no heat generation problems. The NEC employs a calculation

of the total cross sectional area of the cables not exceeding 50% of the fill area of the cable tray. As the

cable fill area of the cable tray system affects the possible loading, both the loading depth and width of the

systems must be considered. For this example 4UTP category 5 cable (O.D. = .21, .026 lbs./ft.) were used.

Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

The picture shows a 12" cable tray with a 3" load depth. The tray contains

520 4 UTP Category 5 cables with a .21" diameter.

The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated and ladder

cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392.9(B)). ANSI/EIA/TIA 569-A

Section 4.5* also requires that the fill ratio of cable tray is not to exceed

50%.

Calculation Tray Area = 12 in. x 3 in. = 36 sq. in.

Example: 50% Fill = 36 sq. in. x .5 = 18 sq. in.

Cable Area = (.21 in.)2x 3.14/4 = .0346 sq. in.

Number of Cables = 18 sq. in. / .0346 sq. in. = 520 cables

*Section 4.5 is currently under review.

Cable Tray Selection

Other Factors To Consider

• Support Span - The distance between the supports

affects the loading capabilities exponentially. To

calculate loading values not cataloged use:

• Other Loads - Ice, wind, snow for outdoor systems see page 26 and 27 for information.

A 200 lb. concentrated load for industrial systems. The affect of a concentrated load can be calculated

as follows 2 x (concentrated static load)

span in feet

When considering concentrated loads the rung strength should be considered.

• Length Of The Straight Sections:

The VE 2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, states that the

support span shall not be greater than the straight section

length. If a 20C system is manufactured in 12 foot sections

the greatest span for supports would be 12 feet. This

dramatically affects the loading of the system.

W1L12= W2L22

W1- tested loading

L1- span in feet, a tested span

W2- loading in question

L2- known span for new loading

W1L12= W2L22

100 (202) = W2(122)

40,000 = 144 W2

W2= 277 lbs. per foot

Power Application:

Power application can create the heaviest loading. The heaviest cable combination found was for large

diameter cables (i.e. steel armor, 600V, 4 conductor 750 kcmil). The cables weigh less than 3.8 lbs. per inch

width of cable tray. As power cables are installed in a single layer, the width of the cable affects the

possible loading.

36" Wide

140 lbs/ft

30" Wide

115 lbs/ft

24" Wide

90 lbs/ft

18" Wide

70 lbs/ft

12" Wide

45 lbs/ft

9" Wide

35 lbs/ft

6" Wide

23 lbs/ft

CTS-24

Cable Tray Selection - Loading Possibilities

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Type of Cable

According to NEC Article 392, multiconductor tray cable may be installed in any standard cable

tray bottom type. According to the 2005 NEC Article 392.11(8)(3), single conductor tray cable may

be installed in any standard cable tray bottom type. Solid bottom cable trays are not allowed to

be installed in Class II, Division 2 locations (2002 NEC Section 502.4(B)). In general, small, highly

flexible cables should be installed in solid bottom, vented bottom or 6" rung spacing ladder type

cable trays. Sensitive cables (e.g. fiberoptic) are typically installed in flat, solid bottom cable trays,

instead of corrugated trough bottoms. Larger, less flexible cables are typically installed in ladder

type cable trays having 9" or 12" rung spacing. Ladder type cable trays having 18" rung spacing

should be used for large, stiff cables to reduce cost and facilitate cable drop-outs.

Cost vs Strength

Often more than one bottom type is acceptable. In this case the economic difference should

be considered. Ladder cable trays have a lower cost than either non-ventilated or ventilated

bottom configurations. Typically, the cost of ladder type cable tray decreases as rung spacing

increases. However, the effect of rung spacing on load capacity for ladder type cable trays with

18" rung spacing should be evaluated, since NEMA published load capacities are based on 12"

rung spacing. Rung spacing can affect individual rung and side rail loading as well as system load

capacity. Rung loads applied during cable installation

should also be considered.

Cable Exposure

Tray cables are manufactured to withstand the environment without additional protection, favoring

the use of the ladder type cable tray. Some areas may benefit from the limited exposure of solid

or vented bottom cable tray. Solid Bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers can be utilized

in other spaces used for environmental air to support non plenum rated tray cables (2002 NEC®

300.22(C)(1)).

Cable Attachment

The major advantage of ladder type cable tray is the freedom of entry and exit of the cables.

Another advantage of ladder type cable tray is the ability to secure cables in the cable tray. With

standard rungs the cables may be attached with either cable ties or cable clamps. The ladder

type cable tray is also available with special purpose, slotted marine or strut rungs to facilitate

banding or clamping cables. Cable attachment is particularly important on vertical runs or when

the tray is installed on its side. Ladder rung spacing should be chosen to provide adequate cable

attachment points while allowing the cables to exit the system.

Cable Flexibility

The proper bend radius for cable tray fittings is usually determined by the bend radius and

stiffness of the tray cables to be installed. Typically, the tray cable manufacturer will recommend

a minimum bend allowance for each cable. The fitting radius should be equal to or larger than

the minimum bend radius of the largest cable which may ever be installed in the system. When

several cables are to be installed in the same cable tray, a larger bend radius may be desirable to

ease cable installation.

Space Limitations

The overall dimensions for a cable tray fitting will increase as the bend radius increases. Size and

cost make the smallest acceptable fitting radius most desirable. When large radius fittings are

required, the system layout must be designed to allow adequate space.

Cable Tray Selection - Fitting Radius

CTS-25

Cable Tray Selection - Bottom Type

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FLX-1

FLEXTRAY™

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Flextray is a flexible, field-adaptable way to manage cables throughout your project. The tray itself can be cut

and bent to the needs of the installer on the jobsite, allowing cable runs to be adjusted as needed. The wide

range of sizes offered by B-Line makes Flextray a great choice for everything from a small cable drop to a large

trunk of cables. Our tray has the market-preferred "T" weld safety edge, protecting both the cable and the

installer during cable installation. Flextray is also UL Classified as an equipment grounding conductor.

The F.A.S.T.™System is Foldable, Adjustable, Stackable, and Tool-less, providing many options to manage

cables inside your raised floor space. With only a few parts, you can create everything from a basic single

layer installation to a cantilevered, multiple-tier cable run. Make the most of your raised floor space and your

time with the F.A.S.T. System!

FLX-2

FLEXTRAY™

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Finish Information

Flextray Cable Tray and Accessories are available in a wide variety of finishes to meet the

environmental or aesthetic requirements of customer installations. Use the list below to find the

finish and suffix that will meet your needs.

Available product finishes will be listed on individual pages throughout the catalog.

Finish codes shown in bold type are the standard for that product.

Plain wire: ASTM A510, Grade 1008

EG Electroplated Zinc Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication

(ELG) Recommended applications: Controlled interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended

ASTM B633 - Average thickness of 0.3 mils (8 microns)

GS Pre-Galvanized Zinc Finish applied before fabrication

(GLV) Recommended applications: Limited industrial & interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended

ASTM A641

BLE Black Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication

Recommended applications: Controlled interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been

removed at splice contact points

Average paint thickness of 1.2 mils (30 microns) to 3.0 mils (75 microns)

HD Hot Dip Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication

(HDG) Recommended applications: Exterior, corrosive. Not intended for clean room applications.

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended

ASTM A123 - Average thickness of 2.4 mils (60 microns) to 3.2 mils (80 microns)

304S 304L Stainless Steel

(SS4) Recommended applications: Food preparation, wash-down areas

ASTM A580

316S 316L Stainless Steel

(SS6) Recommended applications: Highly corrosive applications & marine environments

ASTM A580

Custom Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication

Recommended applications: Controlled interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been

removed at splice contact points

No Specification

Grounding Information

Statement for all UL Classified products:

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its

suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

Most sizes of FLEXTRAY are UL Classified to serve as an Equipment Ground Conductor. The ground

path can be achieved in one of two ways listed on page FLX-4:

FLX-3

FLEXTRAY™- Technical Data

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY Series Support Span / Loading Capacity* Cable Fill (50% fill)**

Part Size Lbs/Ft (max) Actual Area Inside Number of CAT Number of

Number height x width 5'-0” 6'-0” 7'-0” 8'-0” Tray (in2) 5e Cables*** CAT 6 Cables***

FT1.5X12 11/2” x 12” 29 17 14 11 12.2 176 124

FT2X2 2” x 2” 34 28 24 20 4.3 61 43

FT2X4 2” x 4” 52 43 35 27 8.2 118 83

FT2X6 2” x 6” 66 47 35 27 12.1 175 123

FT2X8 2” x 8” 66 47 35 27 16.1 231 163

FT2X12 2” x 12” 68 47 35 27 23.9 345 243

FT2X16 2” x 16” 68 47 35 27 31.8 459 324

FT2X18 2” x 18” 68 47 35 27 35.8 516 364

FT2X20 2” x 20” 68 47 35 27 39.7 573 404

FT2X24 2” x 24” 68 47 35 27 47.5 686 484

FT2X30 2” x 30” 68 47 35 27 59.8 862 608

FT2X32 2” x 32” 77 53 39 30 63.3 914 645

FT4X4 4” x 4” 58 49 42 36 15.8 227 160

FT4X6 4” x 6” 93 77 60 46 23.6 341 240

FT4X8 4” x 8” 94 78 61 47 31.5 454 321

FT4X12 4” x 12” 119 83 61 47 47.5 686 484

FT4X16 4” x 16” 119 83 61 47 63.5 917 647

FT4X18 4” x 18” 119 83 61 47 71.5 1032 728

FT4X20 4” x 20” 119 83 61 47 79.5 1148 810

FT4X24 4” x 24” 128 89 65 50 95.5 1379 973

FT4X30 4” x 30” 128 89 65 50 119.5 1725 1217

FT6X8 6” x 8” 111 77 57 43 47.3 682 481

FT6X12 6” x 12” 124 86 63 48 71.6 1034 729

FT6X16 6” x 16” 128 89 65 50 95.3 1375 970

FT6X18 6” x 18” 128 89 65 50 107.3 1549 1092

FT6X20 6” x 20” 141 98 72 55 118.9 1716 1211

FT6X24 6” x 24” 154 107 78 60 143.3 2068 1459

Grounding Information (cont.)

Load & Fill Chart

*Published load chart has not been tested with Flexmate splice. Please consult the factory for load information when using the

Flexmate option.

** FLEXTRAY fill capacity is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%. The NEC rule requires that the cable cross-sectional areas together

may not exceed 50% of the tray area (width x depth = fill). Cables will nearly completely fill the cable tray when reaching the

50% cable fill, due to empty space between the surface of the cables. TIA recommends 40% fill ratio. Flextray loads shown in

the loading chart will not be exceeded at 50% fill.

*** CAT 5e 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .21 in. diameter, CAT 6 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .25 in. diameter. Actual

diameters vary by cable manufacturer.

1. Use the recommended quantity of UL Classified splices to connect sections and at

places where the tray is cut.

2. Run an appropriately sized ground wire alongside the tray and attach it to each tray

section and on both sides of a cut in the tray. (This method is recommended by

NEMA VE-2 Installation Manual.)

FLX-4

FLEXTRAY™- Technical Data

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT2X2X10 250 6.6 2.99

FT2X4X10 4100 8.2 3.72

FT2X6X10 6150 9.7 4.40

FT2X8X10 8200 11.2 5.08

FT2X12X10 12 300 14.3 6.48

FT2X16X10 16 400 17.4 7.89

FT2X18X10 18 450 18.9 8.57

FT2X20X10 20 500 20.4 9.25

FT2X24X10 24 600 23.5 10.66

FT2X30X10 30 750 28.1 12.74

FT2X32X10 32 800 29.7 13.47

2” Deep FLEXTRAY

Height: 2.38" (60 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S

2.38" (60 mm)

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT1.5X4X10 4 100 5.8 2.63

FT1.5X6X10 6 150 7.4 3.35

FT1.5X8X10 8 200 9.0 4.08

FT1.5X12X10 12 300 12.1 5.49

1.5” Deep FLEXTRAY

Width

Height: 1.38" (35 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S

1.38" (35 mm)

Width

Only FT1.5X12 (12” wide) is UL Classified

FT2X6 (6” wide) through FT2X32 (32” wide) are UL Classified

FLX-5

FLEXTRAY™- Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

6” Deep FLEXTRAY

6.38"

(162 mm)

4” Deep FLEXTRAY

Height: 4.38" (111 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Diameter Minimum:

.196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, HD,

304S, 316S

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT4X4X10 4 100 11.25 5.10

FT4X6X10 6 150 12.79 5.80

FT4X8X10 8 200 14.32 6.49

FT4X12X10 12 300 17.39 7.89

FT4X16X10 16 400 20.45 9.27

FT4X18X10 18 450 21.99 9.97

FT4X20X10 20 500 23.52 10.67

FT4X24X10 24 600 26.59 12.06

FT4X30X10 30 750 31.19 14.15

4.38"

(111 mm)

Width

Height: 6.38" (162 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Diameter Minimum:

.196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, HD,

304S, 316S

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT6X8X10 8 200 17.39 7.89

FT6X12X10 12 300 20.45 9.27

FT6X16X10 16 400 23.52 10.67

FT6X18X10 18 450 25.06 11.37

FT6X20X10 20 500 26.59 12.06

FT6X24X10 24 600 29.66 13.45

Width

All 6” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

All 4” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

FLX-6

FLEXTRAY™- Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FLX-7

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Splice Hardware Components

Washer Splice Kit

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WASHER SPL KIT__ Assembly of 50 4.5 2.04

Staked Washer

Stud/Washer

& Finned Nut

• Washer is staked to bolt, holding part stationary

during installation

• Fewer parts to handle

• For use with all tray widths and sizes

• Finishes __: EG, BLE

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

1/4” x 1”

FTHDWE 1/4__ Carriage Bolt & 50 1.2 0.54

Finned nut

1” Square

TOP WASHER__ Splice Washer 50 1.4 0.63

13/16” Square

BTM WASHER __ Splice Washer 50 2.0 0.91

• Works with all splicing needs

• For use with all tray widths and sizes

• Components are sold separately

• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, 304S, 316S

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4444455

4” NM 45 6 6 7 77 8

6” NM NM NM 667778

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

FTHDWE1/4

BTM WASHER TOP WASHER

BLE suffix indicates black zinc

finish for this part only

FTHDWE 1/4 not available in BLE.

TOP WASHER & BTM WASHER not

available in BLO.

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4444455

4” NM 45 6 6 7 77 8

6” NM NM NM 667778

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

FLX-8

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Wing Splice™

Connecting Hardware • Adaptable and designed for use with

splice plate (FTS3SP), SPLICE BAR, and

long splice bar (FTS36SB).

• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, 304S, 316S

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSWN__ Wing Splice 50 3.0 1.38

• Two piece design for easy handling

• Tool-less installation

• Reduces installation time, especially when used on

fittings and bends

• Finish__: ZN

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSCH__ Connecting Hardware 50 2.0 0.91

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4444455

4” NM 45 6 6 7 77 8

6” NM NM NM 667778

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4444455

4” NM 45 6 6 7 77 8

6” NM NM NM 667778

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

FLX-9

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Splice Plate (only)

FLEXMATE™Splice System

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FLEXMATE2__ Flexmate 100 1.0 0.45

Splice Clips

FLEXMATE TOOL Flexmate 1 0.7 0.32

Splice Tool

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm)

2” NC NC 555

4” NM 56 77

6” NM NM NM 77

• Fastest splice connection method available

in the industry

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide tray

• FLEXMATE clips and tool sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Note: Please contact B-Line when using Flexmates

on tray widths larger than 12” (300mm)

for specific requirements.

B-Line recommends that splice/supports

comply with NEMA VE-2 installation requirements

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

Flexmate Tool is used to

install splices quickly.

Position clip inside

tool, pointing to

outside of tray.

Squeeze to secure

splice.

FLEXMATE2

FLEXMATE TOOL

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

Part Description Length Height Hole Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Diameter lbs. kg

FTS3SP__ Splice Plate 2.7” 1.6” 0.27” 50 6.1 2.76

• Splice plate is designed for use with connecting

hardware (FTSCH) to provide added stability of

splice connections

• Hardware sold separately

• Finish__: ZN, SS6

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

FLX-10

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Tab-Loc Connector

Part Description Length Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSTLC__ Tab-Loc 9.29” 50 7.2 3.26

Connectors

• Fast splice for straight runs of tray

• For use with 2” (50mm) to 32” (800mm) wide tray

to connect straight sections only

• Finishes __: ZN, SS6

Application Requirements

Tab-Loc security without

special tools.

Step 1 Step 3

Step 2

Step 4

The recommendations listed are equal for all depths

(except as noted).

Installation

Screwdriver can also be used to bend

tab-locs (hold connector ends while

bending).

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” 224444455

4” NM 45 6 6 7 77 8

6” NM NM NM 667778

Splicing Chart

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

FLX-11

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

Splice Bar

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SPLICE BAR__ 1013/16” Long Bar 50 14.0 6.35

• Adds rigidity to washer splice methods

• Used on side rails only (not for use in tray bottom)

• For use on trays when using splice hardware FTSCH

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S

Each splice bar requires three (3) each of Hardware Splice Components -

TOP WASHER, and FTHDWE 1/4 to complete connection.

These items must be ordered separately.

Washer Splice Kits (WASHER SPL KIT) are required for connections on bottom of tray.

Hardware is not sold with

splice bar.

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 2222222

4” NM 44 4 4 4 44 4

6” NM NM NM 444444

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

FLX-12

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Long Splice Bar (only)

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTS12SB__ 12” Long - 6 Slots 1 0.13 0.06

FTS36SB__ 36” Long - 18 Slots 1 0.40 0.18

• FTS36SB long splice bar is used for assembly of

large radius horizontal bends or field cut into short

splice bars

• Splice Bars are designed for use with connecting

hardware (FTSCH)

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Expansion Splice Kit

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTS12ESK__ 12” Long 1 Kit 0.45 0.20

Expansion Splice Kit

• Allows 13/4” (44mm) of expansion between two pieces

of Flextray at expansion joints.

• To install, tighten nylon loc-nut until nut comes into

contact with splice bar, then loosen approximately

1/4turn.

• Includes two (2) splice bars and eight (8) sets of

hardware

• Finishes __: ZN

Splice Bar Kit

• Adds rigidity

• Includes two (2) SPLICE BAR and hardware

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 2222222

4” NM 44 4 4 4 44 4

6” NM NM NM 444444

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSBK__ 12” Long 5 Sets 6.4 2.90

Splice Bar Kit

FTS12SB FTS36SB

FLX-13

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Hold Down Plate

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

Horizontal Adjustable Kit

• Horizontal adjustable kit can be used to create

horizontal angles from prepared FLEXTRAY straight

sections

• Conveniently poly-bagged

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSHAK__ Horizontal 10 2.4 1.09

Adjustable Kit

90 Degree Kit

• For fast assembly of 90° turns and tee fittings

• For use with all tray widths and sizes

• One kit will make two 90° turns or one tee fitting

• 90 DEGREE KIT: includes: two (2) 90° splice bars

and eight (8) FTSCH

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

90 degree splice

90 DEGREE KIT__ bar & hardware 1 1.3 0.59

Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13

FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for

raceway run.

• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your

specific wall/stud application (hardware sold

separately).

• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung

support using 3/8" rod.

• To protect cables use threaded

rod protector (page FLX-20).

• To complete 3/8" center hanger

assembly use:

2 - FTA6HD

2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts

• Finish: ZN, SS6

FLX-14

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FT2X2 2” 50 2---

FT2X4 4” 100 2---

FT2X6 6” 150 41-- -

FT2X8 8” 200 41-- -

FT2X12 12” 300 41-- -

FT2X16 16” 400 41-- -

FT2X18 18” 450 41-- -

FT2X20 20” 500 51-- -

FT2X24 24” 600 51-- -

FT2X30 30” 750 71-- -

FT2X32 32” 800 71-- -

FT4X4 4” 100 41-- -

FT4X6 6” 150 51-- -

FT4X8 8” 200 62-- -

FT(*)X12 12” 300 62-- -

FT(*)X16 16” 400 72-- -

FT(*)X18 18” 450 72-- -

FT(*)X20 20” 500 72-- -

FT(*)X24 24” 600 82-- -

FT(*)X30 30” 750 82-- -

FT2X2 2” 50 -22-

FT2X4 4” 100 -22-

FT2X6 6” 150 122-

FT2X8 8” 200 122-

FT2X12 12” 300 222-

FT2X16 16” 400 222-

FT2X18 18” 450 222-

FT2X20 20” 500 222-

FT2X24 24” 600 222-

FT2X30 30” 750 422-

FT2X32 32” 800 422-

FT4X4 4” 100 122-

FT4X6 6” 150 222-

FT4X8 8” 200 222-

FT(*)X12 12” 300 322-

FT(*)X16 16” 400 422-

FT(*)X18 18” 450 422-

FT(*)X20 20” 500 422-

FT(*)X24 24” 600 422-

FT(*)X30 30” 750 522-

FT2X2 2” 50 -2-2

FT2X4 4” 100 -2-2

FT2X6 6” 150 12-2

FT2X8 8” 200 12-2

FT2X12 12” 300 22-2

FT2X16 16” 400 22-2

FT2X18 18” 450 22-2

FT2X20 21” 500 22-2

FT2X24 24” 600 22-2

FT2X30 30” 750 36-2

FT2X32 32” 800 36-2

FT4X4 4” 100 12-2

FT4X6 6” 150 22-2

FT4X8 8” 200 26-2

FT(*)X12 12” 300 26-2

FT(*)X16 16” 400 36-2

FT(*)X18 18” 450 36-2

FT(*)X20 20” 500 36-2

FT(*)X24 24” 600 36-2

FT(*)X30 30” 750 46-2

Install splice bars on sides and

WASHER SPL KIT on bottom.

Install splice plates on sides and

WASHER SPL KIT on bottom.

1Install one kit on each side and remaining kit(s) on bottom.

2Install two kits on each side and remaining kits on bottom.

Washer Splice Kits

Splice Plates

Splice Bars

System System Connector Connecting Splice Splice

Part Width Assembly Hardware Plate Bar

Number in. mm WASHER SPL KIT FTSCH FTS3SP SPLICE BAR

(*) 4 for 4” Deep FLEXTRY

6 for 6” Deep FLEXTRY

Components Required to Connect Two Sections of FLEXTRAY

FLX-15

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Part System Weight Box

Number Width Per 100 Quantity

in. mm lbs. kg

FTS20SK 2” 50 2.91 1.32 10

4” 100

FTS21SK 6” 150 3.63 1.64 10

8” 200

12” 300

FTS22SK 18” 450 4.35 1.97 10

20” 500

24” 600

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with

2" Deep FLEXTRAY

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with

4" & 6” Deep FLEXTRAY

Part System Weight Box

Number Width Per 100 Quantity

in. mm lbs. kg

4” 100

6” 150

FTS23SK 8” 200 5.07 2.30 10

12” 300

18” 450

FTS24SK 20” 500 5.79 2.62 10

24” 600

Splice Plate Kits for 2" Deep FLEXTRAY

Splice Plate Kits for 4" & 6” Deep FLEXTRAY

FLX-16

FLEXTRAY™- Splicing Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FLX-17

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Flip Clip™

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WB46H__ Flip Clip 50 5.2 2.36

• Accommodates 1/4" and 3/8" rod sizes

• Installs quickly with a screwdriver or pliers thus

reducing installation time

• Requires only one hex nut (not included) to hang

and level the FLEXTRAY

• Retainer tabs can be bent over to lock-in the

threaded rod and wire basket

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Snap retainer stops in

place after cable is

loaded.

Trapeze Support

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

TRAPEZE SUPT2__ Trapeze 50 trapeze clips 7.0 3.17

Support Clip 100 retainer stops

• Trapeze Clip installs fast

• For use with trays up to 4” (100mm) deep,

12” (300mm) wide, and spans up to 8’-0” (2.44m)

• Tray can be released from support to allow side

cable loading

• Accepts 1/4” and 3/8” threaded rod sizes

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Snap retainer stops in

place after cable is

loaded.

FLX-18

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

2” Center Hanger

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Hold Down Plate

Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13

FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway

run.

• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your

specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).

• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung

support using 3/8" rod.

• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page FLX-20).

• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:

2 - FTA6HD

2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts

• Finish: ZN, SS6

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

2 IN CTR SUPT__ Center Support 50 5.0 2.27

Hanger for FT2x2

• For use with 2” (50mm) tray widths only

• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Assemble with

ATTACHMENT CLP

& FTHDWE 1/4

hardware.

FLX-19

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Mounting Bracket

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Center Hung Clip

Threaded Rod Protector

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SB301-1/2x8__ Rod Protector 1 0.03 0.013

• Use to protect cables from 1/4” to 1/2”

threaded rod

• PVC UL94V-O material

• Color: Gray

• Not plenum rated

8”

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Light Duty

CTR HUNG CLP__ Center Hanger 50 4.0 1.81

• Use for light duty cabling applications

• For use with 11/2” (38mm) & 2” (51mm) deep tray with

4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) widths

• When hanging 4” (100mm) wide tray, center hung clip

must be run parallel with the tray

• Built-in hold down tab

• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod

• Threaded rod and nuts sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Assemble with 1/4” threaded

rod and finned nut

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Light Duty

FTB2UB__ Wall/Rack Bracket 10 2.1 0.95

• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray

• Click tabs for FLEXTRAY attachment

• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to

mount bracket

• Finishes __: SS6

.26" typ.

(6.6 mm)

1" typ.

(25 mm)

FLX-20

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Center Trapeze Hanger

See page FLX-3 for finish information

• Can be installed as center-hung or traditional

trapeze hanger

• Multiple options to secure FLEXTRAY to hanger

- Built in hold down tabs (use screwdriver to

bend down tab)

- Compatible with TOOLLESS CLIP with

snap-in locking pin

- Compatible with WBUHD hold down clip when

tray crosswire is aligned over top of hanger

- Slots and holes for optional hardware

attachment

• Corrosion resistant pre-galvanized zinc finish

(other finishes available upon request)

• Center hole for up to 1/2” rod

• Hole on each end for up to 3/8” rod

• Threaded rod protector available (SB301-1/2x 8)

• When 1/2” trapeze rods are required, add -1/2 to end

of part number when ordering Center Hung

Trapeze

Part Number Maximum Tray Width Actual Length Wt./Pc.

in. mm in. mm lbs. kg

FTB06CT 6” 150 9.78” 248 0.61 0.27

FTB08CT 8” 200 11.75” 298 0.74 0.33

FTB12CT 12” 300 15.69” 398 0.98 0.44

FTB16CT 16” 400 19.63” 498 1.61 0.73

FTB18CT 18” 450 21.59” 548 1.77 0.80

FTB20CT 20” 500 23.56” 598 1.93 0.87

FTB24CT 24” 600 27.50” 698 2.25 1.02

FLX-21

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

KwikWire™ Clamps & Wire Rope

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Clamp Description Qty./Box

Number For Use With Rope Diameter

BKC100 1/32”, 1/16” & 3/32” 100

BKC200 3/32”, 1/8” & 3/16” 50

• KwikWire system replaces jack chain or ATR to support lighting, ductwork, and FLEXTRAY.

• Can be quickly installed around beams - No drilling required.

• Ideal for sloped ceilings - can hang objects at up to 60° angles.

• Simple height adjustments are made by releasing locking tab, no tools required.

• Spools of wire can be cut to length in field, reducing waste and up front planning.

(1) 7 x 7

Wire Rope Construction

(2) 7 x 19

Part Rope Diameter Qty./Spool

Number - Working Load

BKW063 (1) 1/16” - 96 lbs. 500 ft.

BKW094 (1) 3/32” - 184 lbs. 500 ft.

BKW125 (1) 1/8” - 340 lbs. 500 ft.

BKW188 (2) 3/16” - 840 lbs. 250 ft.

BKCC Wire Rope Cutter 1

KwikWire™ Clamp

Working Loads*

Clamp Wire Lbs.

Part No. Rope Safety

Dia. Factor 5

BKC100 1/32” 0-22

BKC100 1/16” 0-75

BKC100 3/32” 25-150

BKC200 3/32” 25-150

BKC200 1/8” 25-250

BKC200 3/16” 50-640

* Working loads shown

are for hanging vertically.

For suspending at

15°, 30°, 45° or 60°

angles from vertical, use

the following percentage

of the working loads from

the chart:

15° = 96%

30° = 86%

45° = 70%

60° = 50%

FLX-22

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

KwikPak™ Wire Rope & Clamps

KwikPak™ makes handling KwikWire™ a breeze!

• Refill your starter kit with a B-Line KwikPak™.

• KwikPaks include KwikWire clamps and a spool of wire rope.

• KwikPaks are shipped in a specially designed dispenser box to ease field cutting of wire.

Part Kit Includes Qty./Box

Number - Working Load

BKP10063 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 1/16”ØWire Rope (500 ft.) 1

BKP10094 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 3/32”ØWire Rope (500 ft.) 1

BKP15094 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 3/32”ØWire Rope (500 ft.) 1

BKP15125 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 1/8”ØWire Rope (500 ft.) 1

BKP20125 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 1/8”ØWire Rope (500 ft.) 1

BKP20188 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 3/16”ØWire Rope (250 ft.) 1

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-23

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

KwikWire Accessory Numbering System

Product Assembly Leg Leg Wire Rope Straight Assembly

Line Configuration Termination Length Diameter Length or Kit

Blank =

Single Leg

Y = 2 Legs

3 - 3 Legs

A = Angle

Bracket w/Pin

H = Hook

L = Loop

T = Toggle

W = Fuse Cut

B25 = Bolt w/ 1/4”-20 Thread

B38 = Bolt w/ 3/8”-16 Thread

BM6 = Bolt w/ M6 Thread

BM8 = Bolt w/ M8 Thread

BM10 = Bolt w/ M10 Thread

Blank = See

Straight Length

18 = 18” Leg

30 = 30” Leg

063 = 1/16”

094 = 3/32”

Blank =

Loop w/

Plastic Tube

18 = 18”

30 = 30”

40 = 40”

80 = 80”

120 = 120”

180 = 180”

240 = 240”

360 = 360”

Blank =

Assembly

Only

K = Kit

(Assembly &

BKC100 Clamp)

BK =

KwikWire

Examples BKYT18-094-120K

BK Y T 18 -094 -120 K

KwikWire Accessory

2 legs - toggle leg termination - 18” legs - 3/32” diameter wire - 120” straight length - kit with clamp

BKL-063-120K

BK L -063 -120 K

KwikWire Accessory

single leg - looped leg termination - 1/16” diameter wire - 120” straight length - kit with clamp

KwikWire™Accessory Features

•Reduces on the job installation time

•Can be installed quickly without drilling into existing structure

•Increases versatility in the field

•KwikWire accessory system reduces inventory and shipping costs

•No more sawing, filing, or fixing nuts

•Designed for use with cable tray, lighting, and HVAC

•Eliminates the need for all threaded rod

•Cost effective solution for jack chain

•“Y” style accessories require 50% less drilling

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-24

FLEXTRAY™- Ceiling Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

•Hook designed to c up to 3/8” diameter wire.

•Available as a wire rope with hook termination only or as

a ready-to-use kit with a BKC100 clamp.

•Available in lengths of 40”, 80”, 120”, 180”, 240”, and 360”.

•Available in single, double (Y), and triple (3) leg styles

78205167341 BKYH18-094 3/32” 18”

78205168978 BKYH30-094 3/32” 30”

UPC/Part Number Wire Rope

Diameter LengthCatalog Number

KwikWire™‘Y’ Style Hook Termination With Loop

Triple (3) leg style

Box Quantity - 10

5 bags containing 2 pieces per bag

78205167342 BKYH18-094-40K 18” 3/32” 40”

78205167343 BKYH18-094-80K 18” 3/32” 80”

78205167344 BKYH18-094-120K 18” 3/32” 120”

78205168856 BKYH18-094-180K 18” 3/32” 180”

78205168945 BKYH18-094-240K 18” 3/32” 240”

78205167345 BKYH18-094-360K 18” 3/32” 360”

78205168946 BKYH30-094-40K 30” 3/32” 40”

78205168948 BKYH30-094-80K 30” 3/32” 80”

78205168949 BKYH30-094-120K 30” 3/32” 120”

78205168950 BKYH30-094-180K 30” 3/32” 180”

78205168951 BKYH30-094-240K 30” 3/32” 240”

78205168952 BKYH30-094-360K 30” 3/32” 360”

UPC/Part Number Wire Rope

Diameter

Leg

Length LengthCatalog Number

KwikWire™‘Y’ Style Hook Termination

Box Quantity - 10

5 bags containing 2 pieces per bag

For more information on KwikWire accessories

see the KwikWire catalog.

FLEXTRAY

FLX-25

FLEXTRAY™- Wall Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Shelf Brackets

L Brackets

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

FTB06CS__ 6” (150mm) 1 0.5 0.22

FTB08CS__ 8” (200mm) 1 0.6 0.27

FTB12CS__ 12” (300mm) 1 1.2 0.54

FTB16CS __ 16” (400mm) 1 1.7 0.77

FTB18CS __ 18” (450mm) 1 1.9 0.86

FTB20CS __ 20” (500mm) 1 2.6 1.18

FTB24CS __ 24” (600mm) 1 3.2 1.45

• Heavy-duty support bracket

• For use with 6” (150mm) to

24” (600mm) wide trays

• Built-in tab for hold down

• Optional hardware (FTSCH) sold separately

• Finishes __: GLV, HDG, SS6

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FTB24CS shown

• Installs tray to wall cleanly

• Built-in tab for hold down

(not available in stainless steel)

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm)

wide trays

• Use with pedestal clamp in raised

floor applications

• Optional hardware (FTSCH) sold separately

• Finishes __: EG, HD, BLE, 316S

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

4 L BRKT__ 4” (150mm) 1 0.6 0.27

8 L BRKT__ 6” (150mm) &1 0.8 0.36

8” (200mm)

12 L BRKT__ 12” (300mm) 1 1.3 0.59

16 L BRKT__ 16” (400mm) 1 1.4 0.63

20 L BRKT__ 18” & 20” (450 & 500mm) 1 2.0 0.91

24 L BRKT__ 24” (600mm) 1 2.3 1.04

12 L BRKT

Tab can be bent over

for hold down.

FLX-26

FLEXTRAY™- Wall Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Z Brackets

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Z BRKT__ Z Bracket 25 14.0 6.35

• Used for horizontal and/or vertical mounting

• 8” (200mm) wide bracket foror use with 4” (100mm)

to 32” (800mm) wide trays

• Can be used to offset trays from floor

• Can be used to terminate tray run at wall

• Multiple brackets can be used for wider tray widths

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Use with two (2) FTSCH

(sold separately)

Hold Down Plate

Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13

FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway run.

• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your

specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).

• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung

support using 3/8" rod.

• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page FLX-20).

• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:

2 - FTA6HD

2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts

• Finish: ZN, SS6

FLX-27

FLEXTRAY™- Wall Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Wall Supports

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Attachment Clips

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

ATTACHMENT CLP__ Attachment Clip 50 3.4 1.54

Support for FT2x2x10

• Wall attachment for 2” (50mm) wide

tray only (FT2X2X10)

• Low-profile appearance

• Built-in tab to hold down tray

• Can also be used with 2” (50mm) Center

Hanger (see page 60)

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Wall Support

FTA050CC__ Bracket 1 0.8 0.36

• Used to attach 2” (50mm) or 4” (100mm) wide trays

to walls, struts or cabinets

• Use for raceway mounting

• Mount to metal framing for vertical support

• Tabs are built in for tray hold down

• Mount to side rail for electrical box connection

• Finishes __: GLV

Mounting Bracket

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Light Duty

FTB2UB__ Wall/Rack Bracket 10 2.1 0.95

• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray

• Click tabs for FLEXTRAY attachment

• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to

mount bracket

• Finishes __: SS6

.26" typ.

(6.6 mm)

1" typ.

(25 mm)

FLX-28

FLEXTRAY™- Wall Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Wall Termination Kit

Part Length Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTA9WTK__ 9” 1 1.3 0.59

• Kit includes all hardware necessary to support

FLEXTRAY when terminated at a wall

• Mount slotted angle to wall with up to 3/8"

hardware (not included)

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Vertically Mounted

Horizontally Mounted

Wall Termination Kit includes:

1 - Angle with Slots

2 -

FTSCH

Wall Mount Kit

Part Length Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WB48WMK__ 8” 1 0.76 0.35

WB1224WMK__ 12” 1 1.22 0.55

• Kit includes all components necessary to mount

FLEXTRAY to a wall horizontally or vertically

• Mount strut to wall with up to 1/2" hardware

(not included)

• Finish: Channel - GLV

Hardware - ZN

Available in SS6

Wall Mount Kit includes:

WB48WMK WB1224WMK

11B54SH Strut

12SUPT WASHER Hold Downs

1/4"

-20

x 1" Slotted Head Screw

12N224WO Channel Nut

WB1224WMK shown

FLX-29

FLEXTRAY™- Wall Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

C Brackets

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

4 C BRKT__ 4” (100mm) C Bracket 1 1.2 0.54

8 C BRKT__ 8” (200mm) C Bracket 1 1.4 0.63

12 C BRKT__ 12” (300mm) C Bracket 1 1.9 0.86

• Tab can be used for hold down

(stainless steel will not have these tabs)

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide trays

• C Bracket attaches to hard ceiling types

• All brackets are 77/8” (200mm) tall

• Cables can be side loaded

• L Brackets (page FLX-26) and C Brackets can be

combined for layered tray runs

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Hold down tab.

Assemble with

SUPT WASHER &

FTHDWE 1/4.

FLX-30

FLEXTRAY™- Wall Support Methods

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

The F.A.S.T. System is an innovative and flexible way to support and manage cables in raised floor applications. This Foldable, Adjustable,

Stackable, Tool-less System uses FLEXTRAY, stands, and accessories to provide a variety of options for your project and the fastest

installation time on the market. Best of all, it does not attach to the raised floor structure and can be installed either before or after floor

is in place.

FLX-31

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

6” (150 mm)

2” deep 4” deep 6” deep

12” (300 mm)

20” (500 mm)

Widths

Depths

LD H

Part Width Length LD H Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg

FTU2X6X2 6150 23.9 603 2.38 60 2.77 70 2.03 0.92

FTU2X6X4 6150 47.5 1206 2.38 60 2.77 70 3.95 1.79

FTU2X6X10 6150 118.4 3008 2.38 60 2.77 70 9.72 4.41

FTU2X12X2 12 300 23.9 603 2.38 60 2.77 70 2.99 1.36

FTU2X12X4 12 300 47.5 1206 2.38 60 2.77 70 5.82 2.64

FTU2X12X10 12 300 118.4 3008 2.38 60 2.77 70 14.32 6.50

FTU2X20X2 20 500 23.9 603 2.38 60 2.77 70 4.28 1.94

FTU2X20X4 20 500 47.5 1206 2.38 60 2.77 70 8.33 3.78

FTU2X20X10 20 500 118.4 3008 2.38 60 2.77 70 20.45 9.28

FTU4X6X2 6150 23.9 603 4.38 111 4.77 121 2.67 1.21

FTU4X6X4 6150 47.5 1206 4.38 111 4.77 121 5.20 2.36

FTU4X6X10 6150 118.4 3008 4.38 111 4.77 121 12.79 5.80

FTU4X12X2 12 300 23.9 603 4.38 111 4.77 121 3.64 1.65

FTU4X12X4 12 300 47.5 1206 4.38 111 4.77 121 7.08 3.21

FTU4X12X10 12 300 118.4 3008 4.38 111 4.77 121 17.39 7.89

FTU4X20X2 20 500 23.9 603 4.38 111 4.77 121 4.93 2.24

FTU4X20X4 20 500 47.5 1206 4.38 111 4.77 121 9.58 4.35

FTU4X20X10 20 500 118.4 3008 4.38 111 4.77 121 23.52 10.67

FTU6X6X2 6150 23.9 603 6.38 162 6.77 172 3.32 1.51

FTU6X6X4 6150 47.5 1206 6.38 162 6.77 172 6.45 2.93

FTU6X6X10 6150 118.4 3008 6.38 162 6.77 172 15.85 7.19

FTU6X12X2 12 300 23.9 603 6.38 162 6.77 172 4.28 1.94

FTU6X12X4 12 300 47.5 1206 6.38 162 6.77 172 8.33 3.78

FTU6X12X10 12 300 118.4 3008 6.38 162 6.77 172 20.45 9.28

FTU6X20X2 20 500 23.9 603 6.38 162 6.77 172 5.57 2.53

FTU6X20X4 20 500 47.5 1206 6.38 162 6.77 172 10.83 4.91

FTU6X20X10 20 500 118.4 3008 6.38 162 6.77 172 26.59 12.06

WBUFLT 20 500 24 604 ----2.96 1.34

WBUFLT-12 12 250 24 604 ----1.50 0.68

WBUFLT-06 6150 24 604 ----1.00 0.45

LD H

2” (50mm) deep

4” (100mm) deep6” (150mm) deep

Flats

Flat Fitting

• Rounded ends on all wires

• UL Classified (see technical data for details)

• Depths: 2”, 4”, & 6” nominal

• Lengths: 24”, 48”, & 118”

• Use flat fitting (WBUFLT) for turns

• Wire Diameter: 0.191” (4.9mm)

• Standard finishes: GLV

Consult customer service for other

available finishes

F.A.S.T. System Flextray

FLX-32

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Max. Basket Width Height Adjustment Stands Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm in. mm Per Box lbs. kg

FTU120404 12 300 4101 2 1.82 0.82

FTU120608 12 300 6-8 152-203 2 2.79 1.26

WBU1216 12 300 10-16 254-406 2 7.44 3.37

WBU1224 * 12 300 18-24 457-609 2 9.06 4.11

WBU1231 * 12 300 25-31 635-787 2 10.52 4.77

FTU200404 20 500 4101 2 2.34 1.06

FTU200608 20 500 6-8 152-203 2 3.36 1.52

WBU2016 20 500 10-16 254-406 2 8.56 3.88

WBU2024 20 500 18-24 457-609 2 10.20 4.62

WBU2031 * 20 500 25-31 635-787 2 11.64 5.28

WBU2016

WBU2016 shown

WBU1216

FTU200608

FTU200404

FTU120404

* Legs are packed separately in box and not inserted in stand.

WBU2016 stands shown in double tier application.

Feet and adhesive pads not required for second tier assembly.

Height

Adjustment

Max. Basket

Width

• No tools required for installation

• Formed top surface free of protrusions or

sharp edges

• Up to 6” height adjustment

• Inside and outside leg positioning

• Folded and boxed for ease in shipping

• Patent Pending

• Stand part number includes:

one (1) stand

two (2) feet

two (2) adhesive pads

two (2) hold down clips

• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized

Stands

FLX-33

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

WBUCK12 - Single Tier

Cantilever Kit

Includes

(1) WBUCB12

(1) WBUL16

(1) WBUCF

(2) WBUHD

WBUCB8 WBUCB12

WBUCK812 - Double Tier

Cantilever Kit

Includes

(1) WBUCB8

(1) WBUCB12

(1) WBUL24

(1) WBUCF

(3) WBUHD

Part Item # Description Max Height †Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm lbs. kg

WBUCK12 * 1 ΔCantilever Kit - Single Tier 7.30 185 10 15.62 7.08

with 12” Bracket

WBUCK812 2 ΔCantilever Kit - Double Tier 15.25 387 10 25.40 11.52

with 8” & 12” Brackets

WBUCB8 38” Cantilever Bracket --10 5.51 2.50

for 6” Flextray

WBUCB12 412” Cantilever Bracket --10 9.16 4.15

for up to 12” Flextray

WBUL16 5Short Vertical Support 7.30 185 10 4.37 1.98

WBUL24 6Medium Vertical Support 15.25 387 10 8.45 3.83

WBUL31 7Tall Vertical Support 22.25 565 10 12.07 5.47

*For use with 2” and 4” deep Flextray on the lower level. †Height - from top of stand ΔStand not included

WBUCK812 Double Tier Cantilever Kit Shown with WBU2016 Stand

Flextray

(See pg. 73)

Adjustability of shelf brackets

Stand

(Sold Separately

See pg. 74)

Flooring Post

5, 6 or 7

8 (See pg. 76)

(See pg. 76)

• No tools required for installation

• Simple design for tiered applications

• Available in kits or individual parts

• Adjustable shelf height

• Formed top surface has no sharp edges

• Can be installed independent of raised floor

• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized

Cantilever Kits & Accessories

FLX-34

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Overall Height Wt. Per Each

Number in. mm lbs. kg

WBU1203 376 1.32 0.60

WBU1204 4101 1.60 0.72

WBU1205 5127 1.88 0.85

WBU1206 6152 2.17 0.98

Part Item # Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUHD 8Basket Clip 50 1.10 0.50

Part Item # Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUPC 9Pedestal Clip 50 1.65 0.75

Part Item # Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUCF 10 Cantilever Foot 50 8.65 3.92

• Heights of 3”, 4”, 5” or 6”

• Leg cutout allows for airflow

• No tools required to mount FLEXTRAY to stand

• Use WBUHD hold down clips to secure basket

• Stand width is 12”

• Fasten to floor for maximum stability

• Floor mounting slot size: .313” (7.9mm) x .813” (20.6mm) for 1/4” hardware

• Secures vertical support into stand top

• Only required when stand legs are in the

inner position

• Optional spring steel clip to give added rigidity

to system

• Works with stands and cantilever brackets

• Spring steel clip to attach Flextray to stands

• No tools required for installation

• Holds both continuous and spliced wire sections securely

• Works with stands and cantilever brackets

Hold Down Clip

Pedestal Clip

Cantilever Foot

Under Floor Stand

FLX-35

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part System Width Length Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm in. mm lbs. kg

8 L BRKT 6-8 150-200 8200 1 0.80 0.36

12 L BRKT 12 300 12 300 1 1.30 0.59

Part Description Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

TOOLLESS CLIP Tool-less Hold-Down Clip 50/Box 1.00 0.45

• For use when access to ground floor is limited

• Use with round post sizes 0.9” (25mm) through 1.2” (30mm)

• Use with square posts

• Order clamps and brackets separately

• Built-in tab for hold down

• Tool-less Clip (plenum-rated material) - Snap-in locking pin

securely holds basket to bracket

Brackets (Zinc Plated)

12 L BRKT

shown

PEDESTAL CLAMP

TOOLLESS CLIP

L Bracket & Toolless Clip

Pedestal Clamp & Kit

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Pedestal

PEDESTAL CLAMP__ Clamp 1 0.6 0.27

Pedestal

PEDESTAL KIT__ Clamp Kit 1* 3.3 1.49

• Clamps to existing raised-access floor

stanchion

• Use L BRKT (shown above) or full pedestal

kit to support trays under the raised access

floor (sold separately)

• For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm)

• *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2)

pedestal clamps, 28” (711mm) profile

section, bolts & nuts

• Kits include hardware

• SUPTWASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 sold separately

• Finishes __: EG

Pedestal kits are recommended for

tray widths of 16” (400mm) or

greater

Illustration photos.

All parts are sold separately.

FLX-36

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

• Under Floor Support Bracket provides rugged support for

FLEXTRAY System from access floor post.

• To complete the installation, the following hardware

must be ordered separately.

(2) - B501 U-Bolts

(1) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down

(1) - 1/4"

-20

x 1" Slotted Head Screw

(1) - N224WO Channel Nut

• Finish: ZN

• Designed for attachment of Under Floor Support Brackets to

access floor post. Each U-Bolt includes two (2) hex nuts.

• Finish: ZN

Part ‘A’ Thread Box Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm Size Quantity lbs. kg

B501-1 13/8”30 5/16”-18 50 7.0 3.17

B501-11/22” 50 5/16”-18 50 8.0 3.63

B501-2 27/16”62 3/8”-16 20 5.4 2.45

B501-21/2215/16”75 3/8”-16 25 8.0 3.63

‘A’

Part ‘A’ Thread Box Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm in. mm Quantity lbs. kg

B409UF-12 12” 300 12” 300 1 3.6 1.63

B409UF-18 18” 450 18” 450 1 4.5 2.04

B409UF-21 21” 533 21” 533 1 5.4 2.45

Under Floor Support Bracket

U-Bolts

FLX-37

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUF Stand Foot 10 2.36 1.07

WBUTAPE Double-Sided Tape 50 2.50 1.13

WBUFA Floor Adhesive 1 Gallon 10.78 4.89

WBUF

WBUTAPE

• WBUTAPE - Double-sided adhesive pads

for temporary positioning of floor stands

Pad Size: 2” (50mm) x 4” (100mm)

• WBUFA - Adhesive to secure stand to floor

Ground Bolt

Adhesive & Feet

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

GROUND BOLT Ground Bolt 1 0.11 0.05

• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray

section when separate ground wire is required

• Used for UL grounding compliance.

• When using color powder coated finish or

paint, coating must be removed at the points

of contact.

• Finish: Copper Plated

Floor Stand

• Non-metallic snap lock floor stand is

designed for use under access floors.

• Floor stand elevates FLEXTRAY System

15/8" (41.3mm) above the floor.

• To attach floor stand, use Liquid Nails™

or anchors.

• Elevation increments of 13/8" (35mm)

can be obtained by stacking floor

stands.

• Sized for 1/4" hardware

(order separately).

• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

Part Wt. Per Pc. Box

Number lbs. kg Quantity

FTA2FS 0.44 0.20 10

FLX-38

FLEXTRAY™- F.A.S.T.™Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FLX-39

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Covers

Dividers

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

2 IN COVER__ 2” (50mm) 1 3.8 1.72

4 IN COVER__ 4” (100mm) 1 5.7 2.58

6 IN COVER__ 6” (150mm) 1 6.7 3.04

8 IN COVER__ 8” (200mm) 1 8.7 3.94

12 IN COVER__ 12” (300mm) 1 11.6 5.26

16 IN COVER__ 16” (400mm) 1 15.6 7.07

18 IN COVER__ 18” (450mm) 1 17.0 7.71

20 IN COVER__ 20” (500mm) 1 18.5 8.39

24 IN COVER__ 24” (600mm) 1 22.0 9.98

• Protects cable from debris and dust

• Adds security to cable installation

• Easy bend-over tabs secure cover to trays

• Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide

trays

• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 304S, 316S

See page FLX-3 for finish information

• Allows cable separation within a single tray

• Hemmed/rounded edge provides cable

jacket safety

• Hardware included

• Field miter for bends and turns

• Dual slots every 24” (609mm) for field cutting

• Available in 2” (50mm), 4” (100mm) and

6” (150mm) heights

• Comes in 118.125” (3000mm) length

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 304S, 316S

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Depth lbs. kg

2 IN DIVIDER__ 2” (50mm) Deep 1 3.5 1.59

4 IN DIVIDER __ 4” (100mm) Deep 1 9.6 4.35

6 IN DIVIDER __ 6” (150mm) Deep 1 14.5 6.58

2” 4”

6”

Dividers include

hardware shown

below

FLX-40

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Blind Ends

Solid Bottom Inserts • Continuous support for sensitive cables

• Security of cable in high-traffic areas

• Hardware included

• Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide

trays

• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 304S, 316S

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Attach with

FTHDWE 1/4 &

Top Washer

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

INSERT 4X118__ 4” (100mm) 1 6.8 3.08

INSERT 6X118__ 6” (150mm) 1 9.8 4.44

INSERT 8X118__ 8” (200mm) 1 13.3 6.03

INSERT 12X118__ 12” (300mm) 1 21.6 9.80

INSERT 16X118__ 16” (400mm) 1 26.4 11.97

INSERT 18X118__ 18” (450mm) 1 32.4 14.69

INSERT 20X118__ 20” (500mm) 1 32.9 14.92

INSERT 24X118__ 24” (600mm) 1 39.3 17.82

‘A’

Height

• Forms a closure for a dead-end FLEXTRAY

• Hardware included

• Finish: GLV, SS6

(*) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm) for height

(**) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm),

6 = 6" (150 mm) for height

Part ‘A’ Height Box

Number in. mm in. mm Quantity

FT BE 2X2 2” 50 2” 50 1

FT BE (*)X4 4” 100 (*) (*) 1

FT BE (*)X6 6” 150 (*) (*) 1

FT BE (**)X8 8” 200 (*) (*) 1

FT BE (**)X12 12” 300 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X16 16” 400 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X18 18” 450 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X20 20” 500 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X24 24” 600 (**) (**) 1

FLX-41

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Attachment

methods

FLEXTRAY

Cable Roller

Toolless Clip

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

CABLE ROLLER Cable Roller 1 1.0 0.45

• Protects and maintains recommended cable radii

for Cat 5, Cat 5E, Cat 6, Cat 6A, Fiber, etc.

• Height of roller can be adjusted to tray depth

• Installs in seconds with no tools

• Reduces cable installation time

• Prevents migration of cables

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) tray widths

• Finish: Cast Aluminum

Quick, snap-together design

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

TOOLLESS CLIP Toolless 50 1.0 0.45

Hold-Down Clip

• Securely holds tray to support

• Snap-in locking pin

• No tools or fastening required

• Fastest hold-down method available

• For use with the following:

FTB__CS (see pg. 67)

L BRKT (see pg. 67)

C BRKT (see pg. 71)

• Finish: Plenum rated resin (black)

Strut Mounting Clip

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

BW4 Strut Mounting Clip 100 0.9 0.41

• Use to secure FLEXTRAY to horizontal strut

support

• Designed for use as shown in drawing

(no load rating)

• Finish: Black Zinc Phosphate

FLX-42

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Cable Drop Out

Drop Out Fitting

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTA2DO Cable Drop Out 10 0.17 0.08

• Non-metallic 2" (50mm) radius Cable Drop-Out

snap locks into mesh bottom and protects cables

from sharp bend

• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

DROP OUT__ Drop Out Fitting 50 15.0 6.8

• Keeps cable radius secure at drop point

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays

• Attaches to tray without hardware

• Drop outs can be attached at bottom, side or

ends of tray

• Hold down tabs on bottom of drop out to secure tray

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, SS6

FLX-43

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Rack Clamp

Conduit Connector

See page FLX-3 for finish information

• Conduit connector is designed to connect

conduit to the side or bottom of FLEXTRAY

• Conduit bushing will remain outside of tray

to keep cable pathway clear

• Bend tabs to secure connector to tray

• No hardware included

• Finishes __: GLV

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTA050CC__ 1/2” (15mm) Conduit Clip 10 2.0 0.91

FTA075CC __ 3/4” (20mm) Conduit Clip 10 2.0 0.91

FTA100CC __ 1” (25mm) Conduit Clip 10 2.0 0.91

FTA125CC __ 11/4” (32mm) Conduit Clip 10 2.0 0.91

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

RACK CLAMP__ Rack Clamp 4 4.7 2.13

• Securely holds tray down to rack

• Installs without drilling

• Black-painted finish to match rack

• Finish__: BLE

Adaptor Kit

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SB2204__ Adaptor Kit 1 0.37 0.17

• Adaptor kit includes all hardware necessary to

connect Flextray system to top of relay rack at

right angle or parallel position

• Finish__: YZN (Yellow Zinc Chromate)

Adaptor Kit includes:

(1) - Mounting Plate

(2) - 5/16"

-18

x 2" “J”-Bolts

(2) - HN 5/16"

-18

Hex Nuts

(2) - LW 5/16" Lock Washers

FLX-44

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Rubber Cap

Radius Shield

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FTA2RS 2.5 63 50 4.0 1.8

FTA4RS 4.3 110 50 7.0 3.2

FTA6RS 5.9 150 25 5.0 2.3

• Provides a smooth inside radius surface.

• No tools or fasteners needed to install.

• Sizes for 2", 4" & 6" deep FLEXTRAY; 90°

horizontal bends, tees, and crosses.

• Installs in seconds. Simply hold in place and

bend back tabs.

• Slick surface to reduce cable friction.

• Material: Black Polycarbonate

‘A’

11"

(279 mm)

Part Color Box Wt. Per Pc.

Number Quantity lbs. kg

SB420ATG

Gray Lacquer 1 0.9 0.41

SB420AFB

Flat Black Lacquer 1 0.9 0.41

SB420ACW Computer White Lacquer

1 0.9 0.41

B999

Silver Zinc-Rich Paint 1 0.9 0.41

• Install on wire ends if required. Fits all wire diameters

Part Box Wt. Per 100

Number Quantity lbs. kg

B719EB 100 0.20 0.10

Touch-Up Paint

• Size: 12 ounce aerosol can

• Cannot ship air freight

FLX-45

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Ground Bolt

Label Clip

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

LABEL CLIP 101/2” (267mm) Long 10 0.6 0.27

• Clips easily into trays

• Use for identifying your cable pathways

• Can be used on all tray sizes

• Will not fit on side of 11/2” deep FLEXTRAY

• Finish: Non-plenum-rated resins

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

GROUND BOLT Ground Bolt 100 1.0 0.45

• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray

section when separate ground wire is required

• Used for UL grounding compliance.

• When using color powder coated finish or paint,

coating must be removed at the points of

contact.

• Finish: Copper Plated

Ground Wire Supports

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

GROUND SUPT GL Ground Wire Support 100 0.6 0.27

• Supports ground wire along side of tray

• Can be used on all trays

• Finish __: Zinc Plated

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-46

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

• Complete source of hardware for ceiling connections

• Available in stock

• Strut can be purchased in pre-cut lengths and various colors

• All hardware is zinc plated

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Threaded Rod

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

ATR1/4x72 1/4” x 72” (1828mm) 1 0.7 0.31

ATR1/4x120 1/4” x 120” (3048mm) 1 1.2 0.54

ATR1/4x144 1/4” x 144” (3657mm) 1 1.4 0.63

ATR3/8x72 3/8” x 72” (1828mm) 1 1.7 0.77

ATR3/8x120 3/8” x 120” (3048mm) 1 2.9 1.31

ATR3/8x144 3/8” x 144” (3657mm) 1 3.5 1.58

ATR1/2x72 1/2” x 72” (1828mm) 1 3.2 1.45

ATR1/2x120 1/2” x 120” (3048mm) 1 5.4 2.45

ATR1/2x144 1/2” x 144” (3657mm) 1 6.5 2.95

Rod Couplings

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B655-1/4 1/4”-20 50 2.0 0.91

B655-3/8 3/8”-16 50 5.5 2.49

B655-1/2 1/2”-13 50 6.0 2.72

Hex Nuts

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

1/4HN 1/4”-20 100 0.6 0.27

3/8HN 3/8”-16 100 1.6 0.72

1/2HN 1/2”-13 100 4.3 1.95

Lock Washers

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

1/4LW 1/4” 200 0.6 0.27

3/8LW 3/8” 200 1.6 0.72

1/2LW 1/2” 200 2.0 0.91

Flat Washers

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

1/4FW 1/4” 200 1.2 0.54

3/8FW 3/8” 200 3.0 1.36

1/2FW 1/2” 200 6.6 2.99

Square Washers

Part Hole Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B201 7/16 50 6.0 2.72

B202 9/16 50 7.0 3.17

Beam Clamps

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B3036L-3/8 3/8”-16 100 60.0 27.2

B3036L-1/2 1/2”-13 100 140.0 63.5

FLX-47

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Spring Nuts

Part Thread Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

N224 1/4”-20 100 6.5 2.95

N228 3/8”-16 100 9.3 4.22

N225 1/2”-13 100 11.3 5.12

Bolted Framing

Part Channel Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size lbs. kg

B22SGALV120 15/8” x 120” - 12 ga. 1 6.0 2.72

B22SHGALV120 15/8” x 120” - 12 ga. 1 6.0 2.72

B56SGALV120 13/16” x 120” - 15 ga. 1 7.0 3.17

B56SHGALV120 13/16” x 120” - 15 ga. 1 6.0 2.72

Concrete

Rapid Rod Hanger

Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size Size lbs. kg

ARC-37-150 3/8”1/4” x 11/2” 100 3.4 1.54

Wood

Rapid Rod Hanger

Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size Size lbs. kg

ARW-37-200 3/8”1/4” x 2” 100 3.4 1.54

ARW-37-200SW 3/8”1/4” x 2” 100 3.4 1.54

Steel

Rapid Rod Hanger

Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size Size lbs. kg

ARS-37-150 3/8”1/4” x 11/2” 100 3.4 1.54

ARS-37-150SW 3/8”1/4” x 1” 100 3.4 1.54

Sockets for

Rapid Rod Hangers

Part Hole Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

7187 Universal Steel & Wood 1 4.5 2.04

Socket

7197 3/8” Concrete Socket 1 4.5 2.04

Beam Clamps

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B444-1/4 1/4”-20 100 160 72.5

B444-3/8 3/8”-16 100 430 195.0

B444-1/2 1/2”-13 100 430 195.0

U-Bolt Clamps

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B441-22 3/8”-16 x 33/8” long 100 160 72.5

B22 B56

SSSH SH

ARW-SW

ARW

ARS-SW

ARS

SW = Side Mount

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-48

FLEXTRAY™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

FLX-49

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Flextray Bender

Airshear Cutter

Flextray Cutters

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

CLEANSHEAR CLEANSHEAR 1 4.3 1.95

Cutting Tool

• Exclusive, patented CLEANSHEAR™cuts tray fast

• No sharp edges

• Designed specifically for cutting Flextray

• Safely cut and bend Flextray into any configuration

1Face tray up. Slide

cutter next to vertical

wire and cut.

2Turn tray to the side

with open side facing

you. Repeat step 1 to

cut wire.

Patented

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

AIRSHEAR Pneumatic CLEANSHEAR 1 9.0 4.08

Cutting Tool

• Fastest wire mesh cutter available

• 57% time savings over regular CLEANSHEAR

• Airshear is available when you have a large project

to install. Call us for details.

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

CLEANSHEAR BEND CLEANSHEAR Cutting Tool 1 5.4 2.45

With Bender Attachment

• CLEANSHEAR Bender has our exclusive

bending attachment

• Makes bending larger trays easy

• Recommended for bending tray widths of

16” (400mm) or greater

Patented

3Finish cutting all side

wires.

4Turn tray open-side

down and cut wires

from bottom of tray.

5Finish cutting by

moving to other side

of tray to cut

remaining wires,

FLX-50

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Completely adaptable, B-Line Flextray is designed to

accommodate jobsite changes. Cut wires with B-Line

Angular Bolt Cutter, bend to create a bend, tee, or reducer.

For the best results, use a WB30BC Angular Blade Offset

Bolt Cutter with 24" (600 mm) long handles. The Offset Blade

Cutter produces a clean cut. Position bolt cutter blades near

the cross wire and perpendicular to wire to be cut (see

illustration above). Proper cut will make the assembly faster,

easier and safer while minimizing grinding.

Cut and remove each wire as illustrated below. Follow

cutting pattern and blade positioning. Placing Flextray

open side down provides the optimum cutting angle.

Cutting Order

The Greenlee cable wire cutter makes flush cuts without burrs.

Will cut .191" diameter wire in 2 seconds. Cutting head rotates

330° for ease of positioning and the tool automatically retracts

when cut is complete.

Comes with 2 batteries, charger, and carrying case.

Approximately 250 cuts per charge.

WB30RB

Replacement Blade

WB30BC

Angular Bolt Cutter

≠

ÆØ

∞±

≤ ≥

Offset Cut

Do not use center

cut blades.

Part Length Wt. Per Cutter Box

Number in. mm lbs. kg Quantity

WB50WC 123/4”325 3.0 1.3 1

Part Number Description Box Quantity

WB50RB Replacement Blade 1

WB50BA Replacement Battery 1

See page FLX-3 for finish information

Angular Bolt Cutter

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WB30BC Bolt Cutter 1 6.8 3.1

WB30RB Replacement Blade 1 1.3 0.6

FLX-51

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)

2” (50mm) Tray Width

• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using CLEANSHEAR™to make safe, smooth cuts

• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish

• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT

where desired

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

6” (150mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

8” (200mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

12” (300mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

FLX-52

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)

• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using CLEANSHEAR™to make safe, smooth cuts

• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish

• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT

where desired

16” (400mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

18” (450mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

20” (500mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

24” (600mm) Tray Width

Flextray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

FLX-53

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

90° Horizontal Bends (Long Radius)

90° Horizontal Bend From (2) Straight Sections

• Make your own field cut horizontal sweeps using CLEANSHEAR™to make safe, smooth cuts

• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish

• Cut as many segments as required to control sweep radius (use chart for recommendations)

• One (1) WASHER SPL KIT is required to connect each cut segment minus one, this segment

uses one (1) SPLICE BAR, two (2) FTHDWE 1/4 and two (2) BTM WASHER

Flextray Side Sections WASHER SPL KIT

Width To Be Removed Qty.

4” (100mm) 12

6” (150mm) 22

8” (200mm) 22

12” (300mm) 32

16” (400mm) 43

18” (450mm) 53

20” (500mm) 53

24” (600mm) 64

30” (750mm) 84

32” (800mm) 84

• Cut required number of wire side sections listed in

chart per the illustration below

(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)

• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire

2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires

6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

• Illustration shown below is for a 8” (200mm) width

• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire

2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires

6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

Component Qty.

Segments FTHDWE 1/4

Flextray To Be WASHER & SPLICE

Width Removed SPL KIT BTM WASHER BAR

4” (100mm) 21 2 1

6” (150mm) 32 2 1

8” (200mm) 43 2 1

12” (300mm) 65 2 1

16” (400mm) 76 2 1

18” (450mm) 87 2 1

20” (500mm) 10 921

24” (600mm) 11 10 21

30” (750mm) 13 12 21

32” (800mm) 13 12 21

FLX-54

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Reducers

Vertical Inside & Outside Bends

Component Qty.

Large WASHER FTHDWE 1/4 SPLICE

Flextray SPL KIT & BTM WASHER BAR

Width (SR) (LRR) (SR) (LRR) (SR) (LRR)

4” (100mm) -1 - 2 -1

6” (150mm) -2 - 2 -1

8” (200mm) 12 4 2 21

12” (300mm) 23 4 2 21

16” (400mm) 23 4 2 21

18” (450mm) 23 4 2 21

20” (500mm) 33 4 2 21

24” (600mm) 33 4 2 21

30” (750mm) 33 4 2 21

32” (800mm) 33 4 2 21

• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire

2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires

6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

Straight Reducers

(SR)

Left & Right

Reducers

(LRR)

• Cut wire section as shown and bend to desired angle

• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire

2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires

6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

FLX-55

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

Horizontal Tees (and crosses)

Flextray WASHER SPL KIT

Width Qty.

2” (50mm) 2

4” (100mm) 2

6” (150mm) 3

8” (200mm) 3

12” (300mm) 4

16” (400mm) 4

18” (450mm) 4

20” (500mm) 4

24” (600mm) 4

30” (750mm) 5

32” (800mm) 5

• Cut wire side sections as shown in the illustration below

(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)

• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire

2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires

6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

• For crosses, duplicate process on opposite side

FLX-56

FLEXTRAY™- Installation

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Channel

CCT-1

Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Channel

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select

products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my cable channel product so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the

part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example: A CC 03 - 144 Part will have a normal lead time

because of the 03 width.

Changing the part number to 04 width instead of 03 will reduce the lead time.

CCT-2

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Material Width Depth UL Area Load Data * Support Span (Ft) Load Data * Support Span (m)

Type in. in. in.2Safety Factor = 1.5 5610 12 Safety Factor = 1.5 1.5 1.8 3.0 3.7

31.25 0.6 Load (lbs/ft) 22 15 54 Load (kg/m) 33 22 76

(75) (32) Deflection Multiplier 0.025 0.051 0.395 0.820 Deflection Multiplier .427 0.871 6.743 13.997

Aluminum 41.75 0.6 Load (lbs/ft) 48 33 12 8 Load (kg/m) 71 49 18 12

(100) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0071 0.015 0.114 0.236 Deflection Multiplier 0.121 0.256 1.946 4.028

61.75 1.00 Load (lbs/ft) 52 36 13 9 Load (kg/m) 77 54 19 13

(150) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0055 0.011 0.088 0.183 Deflection Multiplier 0.094 0.188 1.502 3.124

31.25 0.20 Load (lbs/ft) 24 17 64 Load (kg/m) 36 25 96

(75) (32) Deflection Multiplier 0.013 0.028 0.216 0.447 Deflection Multiplier 0.222 0.478 3.687 7.630

Steel 41.75 0.40 Load (lbs/ft) 52 36 13 9 Load (kg/m) 77 54 19 13

14 Gauge (100) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0039 0.0082 0.063 0.130 Deflection Multiplier 0.067 0.140 1.075 2.219

61.75 0.40 Load (lbs/ft) 59 41 15 10 Load (kg/m) 88 61 22 15

(150) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.003 0.0063 0.049 0.101 Deflection Multiplier 0.051 0.108 0.836 1.724

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: A CC - 04 - 120

Material

A= Aluminum 6063-T4

G= Type 1 - HDGAF

P= Type 2 - Pre-Galvanized

SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

Type

CC = Ventilated Cable

Channel

CCN = Non-Ventilated

Cable Channel

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

To calculate simple Beam Deflection in inches, multiply the design load (lbs/ft) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.

To calculate simple Beam Deflection in millimeters, multiply the design load (kg/m) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

* Load data is determined by realistic deflection, not by failure.

Ventilated straight sections contain 21/4" diameter holes and 3/16" x 7/8" slots for cable attachment.

Ventilated straight sections also have splice holes repeating every 12" to simplify field modifications.

Ventilated Non-Ventilated

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Length

¨144 = 12 ft.

¡120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

Cable Channel

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

CCT-3

Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1543 3 76

9(*)-1544 4 101

9(*)-1546 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1261-3 3 76

9(*)-1261-4 4 101

9(*)-1261-6 6 152

Channel To Tray or Channel To

Channel Reducer Plate

The Channel Reducer Plate is used to join cable channel

sections of different widths.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Box Connector

The Box Connector is used to attach the

end of a cable channel run to a distribution

box or a control center.

• Furnished as one connector with

hardware.

• (*) Insert

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate

The Adjustable Splice Plate allows

changes in elevation where standard

vertical fittings are not applicable.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate

The Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate

adapts to changes in direction in a

horizontal plane, beyond the capability

of the standard horizontal fittings.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Blind End Plate

The Blind End Plate forms a closure

for any cable channel dead end.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Splice Plate

The Splice Plate has the standard

4-hole pattern for all cable channel.

• Provided with straight sections and fittings.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Mounting Bracket - Channel To Tray

The Mounting Bracket allows a parallel run of cable channel to be

attached to the side of a cable tray. It can

also serve as a support splice connection.

• Furnished as one bracket.

• Order hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Channel to Tray

Channel to

Channel

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

The Channel Connector is

used to link a cable channel

to a cable tray, or a cable

channel to cable channel.

• Furnished as one plate with

hardware.

• (*) Insert

Cable Channel

AGP SS4 SS6

AG SS4 SS6

AGP SS4 SS6

Requires supports within

24” on both sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Requires supports within

24” on both sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1043 3 76

9(*)-1044 4 101

9(*)-1044-6 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1583 3 76

9(*)-1584 4 101

9(*)-1586 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1643 3 76

9(*)-1644 4 101

9(*)-1646 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1743 3 76

9(*)-1744 4 101

9(*)-1746 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1237-3 3 76

9(*)-1237-4 4 101

9(*)-1237-6 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1843 4 to 3 101 to 76

9(*)-1863 6 to 3 152 to 76

9(*)-1864 6 to 4 152 to 101

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

CCT-4

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Width

in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 4 101 6 152

Zinc Plated Steel

Double Channel 9ZN-1232-3 9ZN-1232-4 9ZN-1232-6

Single Channel 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 9ZN-1231-6

HDGAF Steel (18 Ga.)

Double Channel 9G-1232-3 9G-1232-4 9G-1232-6

Single Channel 9G-1231-3 & 4 9G-1231-3 & 4 9G-1231-6

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

3 76

4 101

6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-3305-3 3 76

9(*)-3305-4 4 101

9(*)-3305-6 6 152 Catalog No. 99-1125

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1245 3 76

9(*)-1246 4 101

9(*)-1246 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1243 3 76

9(*)-1244 4 101

9(*)-1244 6 152

Single Cable Channel

Hanger and Wall Mount

Double Cable

Channel Hanger

Cable Channel Hanger

Expansion Guide Clamp

The Expansion Guide Clamp allows cable channel to expand and

contract in the horizontal plane, but not in the transverse plane.

• Furnished as one clamp.

• Order 1/2" hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Hold-Down Clamp

The Hold-Down Clamp secures cable

channel to a support member.

• Furnished as one clamp.

• Order 1/2" hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Channel To Floor Base Plate

The Channel to Floor Base Plate is used to attach the end of a

cable channel run to the floor or to an equipment mounting pad.

• Anchors and hardware are ordered separately.

• (*) Insert

Cable Channel Bushing

The Cable Channel Bushing is a snap-in

plastic bushing used to protect cable

insulation from mechanical wear.

Cable Channel Bracket

• Uniform Load: 225 lbs (1.00 kN)

Safety Factor of 2.5

• Finishes available:

B185CCL

• Safety Factor of 2.5

• Finishes available:

Material

150 lb.

Safety Factor 3.0

265 lb.

Safety Factor 3.0

Designed for 1/2" Threaded Rod, Double Nut Installation

(203mm)

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Cable Channel

AG SS4 SS6ZN

GZN

G GRNZN

Catalog Channel Width Uniform Load A

No. in. mm lbs kN in. mm

B409-6 3 76 1920 8.54 6 152

B409-9 4, 6 101, 152 1280 5.69 9 228

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

CCT-5

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-9033 3 76

9(*)-9034 4 101

9(*)-9036 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-9023 3 76

9(*)-9024 4 101

9(*)-9024 6 152

Wrap-Around Cover Clamp

Wrap-Around Cover Clamps are used to securely hold a cover on

cable channel in locations where strong winds can prevail.

• Furnished as one clamp with hardware.

• (*) Insert

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Combination Hold-Down & Cover Clamp

This clamp is used to hold both the cable channel

and cover in place at the same time.

• Furnished as one clamp.

• Order 1/4" hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Straight Section

Fitting covers are available. To order, use the cover prefix followed by the fitting description. Ex: 808A40 - 03 - 90HB12.

Covers Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 8 A - 04 - 144

Detail

8 = Flanged

Cover

Type

80 = Solid

Tray

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

90° HB

Cable Channel Covers

Cable Channel

AGP SS4 SS6 AGP SS6

All items normal lead time

except for those indicated

Material

A = Aluminum

G = Type 1 HDGAF

P = Type 2 Pre-Galvanized

SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

Item Description

For Straight Section Cover:

Pre-Galv & Aluminum Only:

144 = 12 ft.

120 = 10 ft.

Pre-Galv, HDGAF & Alum

72 = 6 ft.

60 = 5 ft.

For fitting covers: Insert suffix

of fitting to be covered.

Straight Section Part Number Channel Width

Material Length in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 4 101 6 152

Aluminum (.040) 12' (3.56m) 808A-03-144 808A-04-144 808A-06-144

Solid 10' (3.05m) 808A-03-120 808A-04-120 808A-06-120

Type II Pre-Galvanized Steel (20 Ga.) 12' (3.56m) 808P-03-144 808P-04-144 808P-06-144

Solid 10' (3.05m) 808P-03-120 808P-04-120 808P-06-120

Type I Hot Dip Galvanized Steel (18 Ga.) 12' (3.56m) 808G-03-72 808G-04-72 808G-06-72

Solid 10' (3.05m) 808G-03-60 808G-04-60 808G-06-60

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

CCT-6

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray Connectors

Fast, economical, space saving Channel Cable Tray Connectors

Patent No. 5,628,481; 5,782,439. Other patents pending.

Horizontal:

• Provides 0 or 6-inch radius connection for Cable Channel

• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment

• up to +/– 45˚ angle adjustment

• order the desired quantity separately

• Slotted for easy cable fastening

• Shipped with the required hardware

Vertical:

• Use the same part for VO and VI applications

• Slotted for easy cable fastening

• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment (order separately)

• Shipped with the required hardware

90˚ Bend Tee Cross

Pivot

Connector

90˚ Bend

6-inch radius

90˚ Vertical

Square Connector

0-inch radius Pivot

Connector

Cable Channel

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Connector Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: A CC - 04 - 90HC 060

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

Radius

Horizontal Connectors

060 = 0" & 6" Radii

Vertical Connectors

00 = 0" Radius

06 = 6" Radius

Connector Type

90HC = 90˚ Horizontal

HTC = Horizontal Tee

HXC = Horizontal Cross

90VC = 90˚ Vertical

PC = Pivot Connector

Tray Type

CC = Ventilated

Cable Channel

All items normal lead time

except for those indicated

Material

A = Aluminum

G = Type 1 HDGAF

CCT-7

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: A CCN - 04 - 90 HB 24

Fittings engineered

with 3" tangents for

splicing integrity.

Angle

30 = 30°

45 = 45°

60 = 60°

90 = 90°

ACCN-04-90HB12

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend ACCN-04-HT12

Non-Ventilated Tee

ACC-04-90VO12

Ventilated Vertical Bend

ACC-04-HX12

Ventilated Horizontal Cross

Cable Channel

All items normal lead time

except for those indicated

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

Radius

12 = 12"

24 = 24"

36 = 36"

48 = 48"

Material

A = Aluminum

G = Type 1 HDGAF

SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

P = †

Tray Type

*CC = Ventilated Cable

Channel

CCN = Non-ventilated

Cable Channel

* Ventilated Cable Channel Fittings are available only in 12" and 24" radii.

† - Due to multiple piece welded construction, P fittings are not available - substitute G.

Fitting Type

HB = Horizontal Bend

HT = Horizontal Tee

HX = Horizontal Cross

VI = Vertical Inside Bend

VO = Vertical Outside Bend

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

CCT-8

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 90˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. ABC

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-90HB12 161

/2419 161

/2419

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB12 17 432 17 432 17 432

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB12 18 457 18 457 18 457

3 76 (Pre)-03-90HB24 281

/2723 281

/2723

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB24 29 737 29 737 29 737

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB24 30 762 30 762 30 762

3 76 (Pre)-03-90HB36 401/21029 401/21029 401/21029

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB36 41 1041 41 1041 41 1041

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB36 42 1067 42 1067 42 1067

3 76 (Pre)-03-90HB48 521/21334 521/21334 521/21334

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB48 53 1346 53 1346 53 1346

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB48 54 1372 54 1372 54 1372

3 76 (Pre)-03-60HB12 161

/4412 93

/8239 103

/4273

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB12 165

/8422 95

/8245 111

/8283

6 152 (Pre)-06-60HB12 171

/2445 10 254 115

/8296

3 76 (Pre)-03-60HB24 265

/8819 153

/8391 173

/4451

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB24 27 686 155

/8397 18 450

6 152 (Pre)-06-60HB24 277

/8708 16 406 185

/8466

3 76 (Pre)-03-60HB36 37 940 213/8543 245/8625

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB36 373/8949 215/8549 25 635

6 152 (Pre)-03-60HB36 381/4972 22 559 251/2648

3 76 (Pre)-03-60HB48 473/81203 273/8695 315/8803

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB48 477/81216 275/8702 317/8810

6 152 (Pre)-06-60HB48 485/81235 28 711 321/2826

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

3" (76)

90˚

60˚

Horizontal Bends 90°, 60° (HB)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

60˚ Horizontal Bend

90° Horizontal Bend

Ventilated Horizontal Bend

60° Horizontal Bend

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

Cable Channel

CCT-9

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

45˚

3” (76)

30˚

Horizontal Bends 45°, 30° (HB)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

45° Horizontal Bend

Ventilated Horizontal Bend

3” (76)

30° Horizontal Bend

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

Bend Tray 45˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. ABC

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-45HB12 145/8371 61/8156 85/8219

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB12 15 381 61/4159 87/8225

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB12 153/4400 61/2165 91/4235

3 76 (Pre)-03-45HB24 231/8587 95/8244 135/8346

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB24 231/2597 93/4248 133/4249

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB24 241/8613 10 254 141/8359

3 76 (Pre)-03-45HB36 315/8803 131/8334 185/8473

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB36 32 813 131/4337 183/4476

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB36 323/4832 131/2343 191/8486

3 76 (Pre)-03-45HB48 401/81019 165/8422 231/2597

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB48 401/21029 163/4425 233/4603

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB48 411/81045 17 432 241/8613

76 (Pre)-03-30HB12 123/8314 31/483 65/8168

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB12 125/8321 33/886 63/4171

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB12 131/8334 31/289 7 178

3 76 (Pre)-03-30HB24 183/8467 47/8124 97/8251

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB24 185/8473 5 127 10 254

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB24 191/8486 51/8130 101/4260

3 76 (Pre)-03-30HB36 243/8619 61/2165 13 330

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB36 245/8626 65/8168 131/8334

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB36 251/8638 63/4171 131/2343

3 76 (Pre)-03-30HB48 303/8772 81/8207 161/4413

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB48 305/8778 81/4210 163/8416

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB48 311/8791 83/8213 165/8422

30˚ Horizontal Bend

Cable Channel

CCT-10

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray Horizontal Cross

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. AB

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-HX12 161

/2419 33 838

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX12 17 432 34 864

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX12 18 457 36 914

3 76 (Pre)-03-HX24 281

/2723 57 1448

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX24 29 737 58 1473

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX24 30 762 60 1524

3 76 (Pre)-03-HX36 401/21029 81 2057

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX36 41 1041 82 2083

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX36 42 1067 84 2134

3 76 (Pre)-03-HX48 521/21334 105 2667

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX48 53 1346 106 2692

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX48 54 1372 108 2743

Bend Tray Horizontal Tee

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. AB

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-HT12 161

/2419 33 838

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT12 17 432 34 864

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT12 18 457 36 914

3 76 (Pre)-03-HT24 281

/2723 57 1448

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT24 29 737 58 1473

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT24 30 762 60 1524

3 76 (Pre)-03-HT36 401/21029 81 2057

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT36 41 1041 82 2083

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT36 42 1067 84 2134

3 76 (Pre)-03-HT48 521/21334 105 2667

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT48 53 1346 106 2692

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT48 54 1372 108 2743

Horizontal Tee (HT)

2 splice plates with hardware included.

Horizontal Cross (HX)

3 splice plates with hardware included.

3” (76) 3” (76)

Horizontal Cross

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Cross

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

Horizontal Tee

Ventilated Horizontal Tee

Cable Channel

CCT-11

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 90˚ Vertical Outside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. ABC

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO12 15 381 15 381 15 381

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO12

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO24 27 686 27 686 27 686

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO24

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO36 39 991 39 991 39 991

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO36

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO48 51 1295 51 1295 51 1295

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO48

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO12 147/8378 81/2216 97/8251

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO12

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO24 253/8645 145

/8372 167/8428

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO24

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO36 355

/8905 205

/8524 233/4603

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO36

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO48 461/81172 265/8676 303/4781

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO48

Vertical Outside Bends 90°, 60° (VO)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

90˚

60˚

60˚ Vertical Outside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

90° Vertical Outside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

60° Vertical Outside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

Cable Channel

CCT-12

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 45˚ Vertical Outside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. ABC

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO12 135

/8346 55/8143 8 203

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO12

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO24 221

/4565 91/4235 13 330

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO24

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO36 301/2775 125/8321 177/8454

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO36

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO48 39 991 161/8410 227/8581

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO48

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO12 115/8296 31/879 61/4158

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO12

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO24 171/2445 47/8124 93/8238

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO24

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO36 231/2597 63/8162 125/8321

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO36

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO48 295/8753 8 203 157/8403

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO48

Vertical Outside Bends 45°, 30° (VO)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

45˚

3” (76)

30˚

30˚ Vertical Outside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

45° Vertical Outside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

30° Vertical Outside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

Cable Channel

CCT-13

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 90˚ Vertical Inside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

RCatalog No. ABC

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VI12 161/4413 161/4413 161/4413

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI12 163/4425 163/4425 163/4425

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI12 163/4425 163/4425 163/4425

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VI24 281/4718 281/4718 281/4718

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI24 283/4730 283/4730 283/4730

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI24 283/4730 283/4730 283/4730

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VI36 401/41024 401/41024 401/41024

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI36 403/41035 403/41035 403/41035

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI36 403/41035 403/41035 403/41035

3 76 (Pre)-03-90VI48 521/41327 521/41327 521/41327

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI48 523/41340 523/41340 523/41340

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI48 523/41340 523/41340 523/41340

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VI12 16 406 91/4235 105/8270

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI12 161/2419 91/2241 11 280

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI12 161/2419 91/2241 11 280

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VI24 261/2673 151/4387 175/8448

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI24 267/8683 151/2394 177/8454

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI24 267/8683 151/2394 177/8454

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VI36 363/4933 211/4540 241/2622

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI36 371/8943 213/8543 243/4629

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI36 371/8943 213/8543 243/4629

3 76 (Pre)-03-60VI48 471/81197 271/8689 313/8797

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI48 475/81210 271/2699 313/4806

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI48 475/81210 271/2699 313/4806

Vertical Inside Bends 90°, 60° (VI)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

90˚

60˚

60˚ Vertical Inside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

60° Vertical Inside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

90° Vertical Inside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

Cable Channel

CCT-14

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 45˚ Vertical Inside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

RCatalog No. ABC

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VI12 141/2368 6 152 81/2216

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI12 147/8373 61/8156 83/4222

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI12 147/8378 61/8156 83/4222

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VI24 23 584 91/2241 131/2343

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI24 231/4591 95/8245 135/8346

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI24 231/4591 95/8245 135/8346

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VI36 313/8797 13 330 183/8467

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI36 313/4806 131/8330 185/8467

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI36 313/4806 131/8334 185/8473

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VI48 397/81013 161/2419 233/8594

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI48 403/81026 163/4425 235/8600

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI48 403/81026 163/4425 235/8600

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VI12 121/8308 31/883 61/2165

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI12 123/8314 33/886 65/8163

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI12 123/8314 33/886 65/8163

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VI24 181/8461 43/4121 93/4248

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI24 183/8467 47/886 97/8163

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI24 183/8314 47/886 97/8163

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VI36 241/4616 61/2165 13 330

36 415 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI36 241/2622 65/8168 131/8334

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI36 241/2622 65/8168 131/8334

3 76 (Pre)-03-30VI48 303/8772 81/8207 161/4413

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI48 305/8778 81/4210 163/8416

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI48 305/8778 81/4210 163/8416

Vertical Inside Bends 45°, 30° (VI)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

45˚

3” (76)

30˚

30˚ Vertical Inside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

30° Vertical Inside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

45° Vertical Inside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

Cable Channel

CCT-15

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, channel cable tray systems

shall be as manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Selection and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide ventilated metal channel cable trays, of

types, classes and sizes indicated with splice connectors, fittings and all other necessary

accessories for a complete system. Provide channel cable tray with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional

requirements.

2.02 Materials and finishes: Material and finishes specifications for each channel cable tray are

as follows:

1. Aluminum: Extruded components shall be made from Aluminum Association

Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association

Alloy 5052.

2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from structural

quality mill galvanized 14 gauge steel meeting the properties of ASTM A653SS,

coating designation G90.

3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from

14 gauge structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of

ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in

accordance with ASTM A123.

All hot dip galvanized after fabrication cable trays must be returned to point of

manufacture after coating for inspection, conditioning and labeling.

4. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be AISI Type [304] [316].

2.03 Channel cable tray straight sections shall be constructed with ventilated flat bottom.

Ventilated bottom shall be perforated with 2.25" diameter holes and have slots to facilitate

the use of cable ties to secure the cables.

2.04 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths, except

where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly as shown on drawings.

2.05 Ventilated straight sections shall have splice holes every 12 inches to simplify field

modifications.

2.06 Channel cable tray width shall be [3] [4] [6] inches with a minimum loading depth of 11/4".

2.07 Fittings will have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

2.08 Splice plates and hardware shall be included with each straight section and fitting.

Cable Channel

CCT-16

Channel Cable Tray - Specifications

Cable Tray Systems

Act as holes for splice plate hardware: allow

for field cutting to any length, no field-drilling

necessary. Holes also allow rungs to be

repositioned. Holes allow for easy attachment

of accessory items requiring 1/4" hardware (or

smaller).

Multi-Functional Pre-Punched Holes

An “I”-Beam shaped rung provides a

great strength-to-weight ratio.

Patented fastener hole is designed to

provide maximum grip for the fastener

threads.

REDI-RAIL Rung

Specially designed and finished

rung fastener. Rung pullout

tested to over 3000 lbs. Vibration

tested for your confidence.

REDI-RAIL

Rung Fastener

Patent Information

U.S. Patent D361982; 5,580,014

Canada 2,137,879

UK Patent 2,285,343

Other United States and foreign patents are pending.

REDI-RAIL

RER-1

REDI-RAIL™

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select

products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example: RSI 04A 075KO 09SL - 12 - 120 Part will have a normal

lead time because of the

075KO knockout type.

RER-2

REDI-RAIL™- Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B 6 224 0.0008 Area=1.08 in21.8 333 0.014 Area=6.95 cm2

RSI05A CSA: 123kg/m 3.7m 8 187 0.0026 Sx=1.55 in32.4 278 0.045 Sx=25.40 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 119 0.0064 Ix=3.53 in43.0 178 0.109 Ix=147.00 cm4

Area: 0.60 in212 83 0.0132 3.7 123 0.225

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B 6 224 0.0015 Area=0.93 in21.8 333 0.025 Area=5.99 cm2

RSI04A CSA: 112kg/m 3.7m 8 169 0.0047 Sx=1.11 in32.4 252 0.080 Sx=18.10 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 108 0.0115 Ix=1.96 in43.0 161 0.196 Ix=81.70 cm4

Area: 0.40 in212 75 0.0238 3.7 112 0.406

1.71

REDI-RAIL

¨Primary

¡Secondary

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety

factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support

without collapse a 200 lb. concentrated load.

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: RSI 04 A 075KO 09 SL - 12 - 120

Series Height Material Knockout Type Bottom Type Construction Width Length

RSI 04 = 4" A = Blank = None Ladder- SL = 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft.

05 = 5" Aluminum 050KO = 1/2” KO 06 = 6" rung spacing Straight 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

075KO = 3/4” KO 09 = 9" rung spacing Ladder 12 = 12"

100KO = 1” KO 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

24 = 24"

Trough- 30 = 30"

VB = Vented Bottom 36 = 36"

SB = Solid Bottom

• Splices included with straight sections

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Solid Bottom Vented Bottom

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

3.54 2.68

1.71

4.53 3.66

REDI-RAIL with knockouts.

RSI04A and RSI05A Straight Sections

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Width

(Inside)

Rung

Spacing

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2”)

RER-3

REDI-RAIL™- Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12C 6 224 0.0003 Area=1.50 in21.8 333 0.006 Area=9.68 cm2

RSI07A CSA: 182kg/m 3.7m 8 224 0.0010 Sx=2.69 in32.4 333 0.018 Sx=44.10 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 176 0.0026 Ix=8.79 in43.0 262 0.044 Ix=366.00 cm4

Area: 0.60 in212 122 0.0053 3.7 182 0.091

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B 6 224 0.0005 Area=1.18 in21.8 333 0.009 Area=7.59 cm2

RSI06A CSA: 121kg/m 3.7m 8 184 0.0017 Sx=1.98 in32.4 273 0.029 Sx=32.50 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 118 0.0041 Ix=5.51 in43.0 175 0.070 Ix=230.00 cm4

Area: 0.60 in212 82 0.0085 3.7 121 0.144

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety

factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support

without collapse a 200 lb. concentrated load.

• Splices included with straight sections

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Solid Bottom Vented Bottom

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

RSI06A and RSI07A Straight Sections

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL with knockouts.

1.71

5.51 4.64

1.71

6.50 5.63

¨Primary

¡Secondary

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: RSI 06 A 075KO 09 SL - 12 - 120

Series Height Material Knockout Type Bottom Type Construction Width Length

RSI 06 = 6" A = Blank = None Ladder- SL = 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft.

07 = 7" Aluminum 050KO = 1/2” KO 06 = 6" rung spacing Straight 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

075KO = 3/4” KO 09 = 9" rung spacing Ladder 12 = 12"

100KO = 1” KO 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

100KO = 1” KO 24 = 24"

125KO = 11/4” KO Trough- 30 = 30"

150KO = 11/2” KO VB = Vented Bottom 36 = 36"

SB = Solid Bottom

Width

(Inside)

Rung

Spacing

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2”)

RER-4

REDI-RAIL™- Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL

FLEX-MOUNT™Adjustable

Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with 1/4" hardware.

• Horizontally adjustable

to 90°.

• Vertically

adjustable to 15°.

• UL Classified.

• For optional rung,

see page RER-12.

Offset Reducing Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

• UL Classified.

Standard Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

• UL Classified.

• One pair

including

hardware

provided with

each straight

section.

Tray To Box Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

• UL Classified.

Step Down Splice Plates

• Furnished in

pairs with 1/4"

hardware.

• UL Classified.

Adaptor Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

• UL Classified.

• For connecting

to old Redi-Rail

system.

Expansion Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

• Bonding jumper

required.

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

• UL Classified.

Right (or Left)

Reducer

Center Reducer

Specify the following:

† C = center reducer

S = side reducer

r (tray reduction) 3”, 6”, 9”, 12”,

15”, 18”, 21”, 24”, 27”, or 30”

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-FSP

RSI05A R5A-FSP

RSI06A R6A-FSP

RSI07A R7A-FSP

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-TTB

RSI05A R5A-TTB

RSI06A R6A-TTB

RSI07A R7A-TTB

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-RSP-†r

RSI05A R5A-RSP-†r

RSI06A R6A-RSP-†r

RSI07A R7A-RSP-†r

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-ESP

RSI05A R5A-ESP

RSI06A R6A-ESP

RSI07A R7A-ESP

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-ASP

RSI05A R5A-ASP

RSI06A R6A-ASP

RSI07A R7A-ASP

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-VSP

RSI05A R5A-VSP

RSI06A R6A-VSP

RSI07A R7A-VSP

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-SSP

RSI05A R5A-SSP

RSI06A R6A-SSP

RSI07A R7A-SSP

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI05A to RSI04A RAA-DSP-45

RSI06A to RSI04A RAA-DSP-46

RSI07A to RSI04A RAA-DSP-47

RSI06A to RSI05A RAA-DSP-56

RSI07A to RSI05A RAA-DSP-57

RSI07A to RSI06A RAA-DSP-67

Requires supports within 24” on

both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Requires supports within

24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

RER-5

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

• Mounting hardware not included.

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Redi-Rail™ Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength of the

traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to ensure

proper installation.

• Designed for 1/4” hardware.

• Furnished in pairs with or without

hardware.

Bonding Jumper

• Furnished with 1/4" hardware.

• UL Classified.

Hanger Rod Bracket

• Furnished as pair of studded clamps

with 1/4” serrated flanged lock nuts.

• Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN) per

pair with safety factor of 3.

• Position ATR 3” (76mm) wider than

cable tray.

Drop-Out

• Provides 4” (101mm) radius.

• Holes provided to secure cables.

Frame Type Box Connector

• Furnished with 1/4" hardware for

tray connection.

Blind End

• Furnished as one plate with 1/4" hardware.

Conduit

Size Catalog No.

1/2BL1400

3/4BL1410

1 BL1420

11/2BL1430

Catalog No. RAA-OUT-†

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-END-†

RSI05A R5A-END-†

RSI06A R6A-END-†

RSI07A R7A-END-†

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-FTB-†

RSI05A R5A-FTB-†

RSI06A R6A-FTB-†

RSI07A R7A-FTB-†

Support

ATR Size Catalog No.

3/8” 9(*)-R238

1/2”9(*)-R250

Ampacity Catalog No.

1200 99-30

Conduit Size

in mm Catalog No.

1/2

3/4

15, 20 9G-1158-

1/2

3/4

1, 1

1/4

25, 32 9G-1158-1, 1

1/4

1/2

, 2 40, 50 9G-1158-1

1/2

, 2

1/2

, 3 65, 80 9G-1158-2

1/2

, 3

1/2

, 4 90, 100 9G-1158-3

1/2

, 4

Catalog No.

9ZN-1204 (without hardware)

9ZN-1204NB (with hardware)

† = tray width

(*) Insert ZN or SS

Patent No.

RE35479

1.5”

(38mm)

† = tray width

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

RER-6

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL

RER-7

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Trapeze

Hardware

Kit

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit

B-Line trapeze kits provide the

components required for a single trapeze

support in one package. These kits are

available in Dura-Green™epoxy coated steel

with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip

galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel

hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a

plastic bag and boxed with the channel,

which is pre-cut to the appropriate length

as shown in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9(*)-5506-22SHA 6 152 16 406 1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA 9 229 18 457 1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA 12 305 22 559 1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA 18 457 28 711 1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA 24 610 34 864 1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA 30 762 40 1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA 36 914 46 1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA 42 1067 52 1321 1350 6.01

Trapeze Support Kit

B-Line trapeze kits provide the components

required for a single trapeze support in one

package. These kits are available in pre-

galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware

or hot dip galvanized steel with 316

stainless steel hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a

plastic bag and boxed with the channel,

which is pre-cut to the appropriate length

as shown in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9P-5506-22SH(†) 6 152 16 406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†) 9 229 18 457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305 22 559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457 28 711 865 3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610 34 864 700 3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762 40 1016 590 2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914 46 1168 510 2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00

• (†) Insert 3/8for 3/8" threaded rod hardware.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

• (*) Insert or

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

(1) B22 Channel

cut to the

required length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) Channel

cut to the

required

length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

Catalog No. 9ZN-5500-1/2 9G-5500-1/2

1 pr. 9ZN-1205 1 pr. 9G-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN 2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8SS6

2 N525 WO ZN 2 N525 WO SS6

4 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer 4 B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer

4 HN 1/2ZN 4 HN 1/2SS6

In plastic bag

GRN G

Rooftop Support Bases

with B22 Channel Catalog No. Height x Width x Length

DB10-28 55/8” x 6” x 28.0”

DB10-36 55/8” x 6” x 36.0”

DB10-42 55/8” x 6” x 42.0”

DB10-50 55/8” x 6” x 50.0”

DB10-60 55/8” x 6” x 60.0”

Designed as a superior rooftop support

for cable tray,

UV resistant and approved for most

roofing material or other flat surfaces.

Can be used with any of B-Line cable

tray clamps and guides.

Ultimate Load Capacity:

1,000 lbs. (uniform load) LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.

General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load

capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath

the rubber membrane.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-8

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-12 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B494-18 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457

B494-24 996 4.43 18 457 24 610

Center Hung Tray Support

• Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows

cable to be laid-in from both sides.

• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field

cutting of cable tray supports. Labor

costs are dramatically reduced.

• Required hardware and threaded rod

material for trapeze assemblies are

reduced by 50%.

• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded

rod. (Order rod separately)

• Use with all aluminum and steel

cable trays through 24" width.

• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.

Safety factor of 3.0.

Eccentric loading is not to exceed a

60% vs. 40% load differential.

• The maximum recommended unsupported

span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).

• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog Tray Channel

No. Width Length

9ZN-5212 6", 9", 12" 18"

9ZN-5224 18", 24" 30"

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-30 924 4.11 24 610 30 762

B494-36 864 3.84 30 762 36 914

B494-42 580 2.58 36 914 42 1067

B494-48 500 2.22 42 1067 48 1219

(2) 1/2" x 7/8"

Hex Head Cap Screws

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) B202

Square Washer

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold Down

Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO

(1) B22 Channel cut to

the required length

(1) 9/16" Inside diameter

steel tubing welded to strut

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No. 9ZN-5200

1 pr. 9ZN-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN

2 N525 WO ZN

1 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer

2 HN 1/2ZN

In plastic bag

ZN = Zinc Plated

ZN GRN HDG

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-9

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B297-12 1660 7.38 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B297-18 1100 4.89 12 305 18 457

B297-24 835 3.71 18 457 24 610

B297-30 665 2.95 24 610 30 762

B297-36 550 2.44 30 762 36 914

B297-42 465 2.06 36 914 42 1067

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409-12 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409-18 640 2.84 12 305 18 457

B409-24 480 2.13 18 457 24 610

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

• Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.

• Four bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment

hardware provided

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Heavy Duty Hold

Down Bracket

• Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.

• Two bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.

•1/2" support attachment hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. 9(*)-1241 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finish available:

Safety Load Factor 2.5

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4.841 - 1.050

B501-1 1.051 - 1.315

B501-11/41.316 - 1.660

B501-11/21.661 - 1.900

B501-2 1.901 - 2.375

B501-21/22.376 - 2.875

• Order properly sized U-Bolts

separately.

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409UF-12 800 3.55 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533

ZN SS4 SS6 ZN SS4 SS6

ZN GRN HDG SS4 SS6

ZN GRN HDG SS4

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-10

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Inside Side Rail Flange Application

Mounting Bracket

• Furnished with 1/4" hardware.

• #12-24 U-Nuts sold separately.

• Attaches to REDI-RAIL in over 20 positions.

• EIA/TIA panel mounting holes - both sides.

• Mounting holes for NEMA outlet/junction boxes.

• Zinc plated steel.

• Includes mounting screws.

• Inside flange application bracket

must match side rail height.

• See page RER-16 for Voice/Data/

Video and Power Options.

Low Voltage Adapter

• Mounting for low voltage wall plates.

• Snaps into mounting bracket

9ZN-MB1-4 or 9ZN-MB1-5.

• Zinc plated steel.

• #6 - 32 U-nuts included.

• See page RER-16 for Voice/Data/

Video and Power Options.

Under Rung Fastener Attachment

• Supports electrical fixtures from bottom of rung or siderails.

• Wing nut included.

• Various 1/4"-20 stud lengths available.

• Static Load Capacity: 75 Lbs. (34kg).

Stud

Catalog No. Length

BAX-4-16 5/8” (16mm)

BAX-4-16-24 11/2” (38mm)

BAX-4-16-32 2” (51mm)

BAX-4-16-48 3” (76mm)

∅ 1.344

1.250"

2.938"

2.030"

3.500" 3.28" Ref

3.500"

5.125"

9ZN-LV1-1

9ZN-LV1A-1

9ZN-LV1-1 shown

5.125"

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket

shown with 4" electrical box.

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting

bracket shown.

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting

bracket shown with

patch panels.

Outside Side Rail Flange Application

Inside Outside

Flange Flange A

Catalog No. Application Application

in (mm)

9ZN-MB1-4 4" for RSI04 4" or 5" as desired 35/892

9ZN-MB1-5 5" for RSI05 4" or 5" as desired 45/8117

Catalog No.

9ZN-LV1-1 (cutout on front)

9ZN-LV1A-1 (cutout on bottom)

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-11

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 86 7 A SL - 1 2 - 72

Cover Cover Tray Item

Type Detail Material Style Width Description

86 = Solid 7 = Flanged Aluminum SL = 06 = 6" For Straight

87 = Vented Straight 09 = 9" Section Cover:

Ladder 12 = 12" 144 = 12 ft.

Section 18 = 18" 120 = 10 ft.

24 = 24" 72 = 6 ft.

30 = 30" 60 = 5 ft.

36 = 36"

For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See examples below.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:

Vertical Outside Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

86 7 A VO - 24 - 90 R24 - 4

Side Rail

Height

Radius

Angle

Width

Fitting

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Horizontal Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

86 7 A HB - 18 - 90 R24

Radius

Angle

Width

Fitting

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Horizontal Expanding Cross Cover

Prefix Suffix

86 7 A RX - 24 - 12 - R24

Radius

Width2

Width1

Fitting

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Covers for

RSI04A, RSI05A, RSI06A, and RSI07A

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• For heavy duty application.

• Sold per piece.

Standard Cover Clamp

• Setscrew included.

• For indoor service only.

• Sold each.

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section

60” or 72” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.

Straight Section

120” or 144” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical

Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.

Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.

Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover

Clamp, only one-half the number of

clamps stated above are required.

Tray

Series Catalog No.

RSI04A R4A-HDCC-†

RSI05A R5A-HDCC-†

RSI06A R6A-HDCC-†

RSI07A R7A-HDCC-†

† = tray width

Tray Side Rail

Type Height Catalog No.

Aluminum All Sizes 9ZN-9012

9A-9012

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-12

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Fill Depth For Tray

'H' Width 'W'

Catalog No.

in (mm) in (mm)

9A-SR0406 4 101 6 152

9A-SR0409 4 101 9 226

9A-SR0506 5 127 6 152

9A-SR0509 5 127 9 226

Out Board Rungs

• Formed aluminum rung with attachment screw.

• Field installs as required.

• Torque rung fasteners to 6 ft•lbs.

• See page RER-16 for Voice/Data/Video and

Power Options.

• Uniform load capacity on rung: 10 lbs.

Add-A-Rung™Kit

• Kit allows an additional rung to be added to

a desired location throughout the tray system.

• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.

• Attachment hardware is included.

• Torque rung fasteners to 18 ft•lbs.

Barrier Strip Clip

• Provides attachment to Redi-Rail rung.

• Allows for installed barrier adjustment.

•

Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location.

• Barriers strip clips and hardware are included with all

barriers.

End Rung Kit For Solid Bottom

• Special rung captures solid bottom plate when

required at field cuts.

• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.

• Attachment hardware is included.

Tray

Width

in (mm)

Catalog No.

6 152 9A-R06SBERK

9 226 9A-R09SBERK

12 305 9A-R12SBERK

18 452 9A-R18SBERK

24 609 9A-R24SBERK

30 762 9A-R30SBERK

36 914 9A-R36SBERK

Tray

Width

in (mm)

Catalog No.

6 152 9A-R06RK

9 226 9A-R09RK

12 305 9A-R12RK

18 452 9A-R18RK

24 609 9A-R24RK

30 762 9A-R30RK

36 914 9A-R36RK

Catalog No. 9A-RBC

Screw slot for

sheet metal screw

Rung

Barrier

Flange

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-13

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Universal Fitting

• Aluminum construction.

• 3" smooth radius.

• UL Classified.

• Shipped as a 90° horizontal bend.

• Field modify to create a tee or cross.

• Includes four pairs of splice plates.

• Accommodates Rail-Riser™.

• Patent Pending.

Tray Catalog No.

Series Punched Solid

RSI04A R4A-UF-(†) R4ASB-UF-(†)

RSI05A R5A-UF-(†) R5ASB-UF-(†)

RSI06A R6A-UF-(†) R6ASB-UF-(†)

RSI07A R7A-UF-(†) R7ASB-UF-(†)

Corner Post For Universal Fitting

• Use to create reducing fittings.

• Furnished with hardware.

• 3" inside radius.

• Used on punched bottom only.

• UL Classified.

Punched Bottom

Solid Bottom

(†) Insert Tray Width 6" to 24”)

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Universal Fitting Shown

as a Reducing Tee

Depth Catalog No.

3" R4A-CP

4" R5A-CP

5" R6A-CP

6" R7A-CP

REDI-RAIL

RER-14

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Straight Section Barrier Strip

• Furnished with four (4) barrier strip clips,

mounting hardware and splice.

• Standard lengths are 144" (12 ft) & 120" (10 ft).

• Order catalog number based on loading depth ‘H’.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Tray H

Series Catalog No.

in (mm)

RSI04A R4A-DSL-Length 3 76

RSI05A R5A-DSL-Length 4 101

RSI06A R6A-DSL-Length 5 127

RSI07A R7A-DSL-Length 6 152

Horizontal Bend Barrier Strip

• Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips,

mounting hardware and splice.

• Standard length is 72" (6 ft).

• Flexible to fit desired angles.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth ‘H’.

Tray H

Series Catalog No.

in (mm)

RSI04A R4A-DHB 3 76

RSI05A R5A-DHB 4 101

RSI06A R6A-DHB 5 127

RSI07A R7A-DHB 6 152

Vertical Bend Barrier Strip

• Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips,

mounting hardware and splice.

Outside Bend

(VO)

Inside Bend

(VI)

Tray Catalog No. H

Series Inside Bend Outside Bend

in (mm)

RSI04A R4A-DVI-(**)R(†) R4A-DVO-(**)R(†) 3 76

RSI05A R5A-DVI-(**)R(†) R5A-DVO-(**)R(†) 4 101

RSI06A R6A-DVI-(**)R(†) R6A-DVO-(**)R(†) 5 127

RSI07A R7A-DVI-(**)R(†) R7A-DVO-(**)R(†) 6 152

(**) Insert 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° for angles

(†) Insert 12, 24 for radius

REDI-RAIL

RER-15

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

How to miter cut REDI-RAIL cable tray for use

with FLEX-MOUNT™ splice plates.

Example: For a 12" wide 90° bend, the cuts must be made through the eighth hole from the end.

Number Of Holes For Angle

Tray Desired Angle Adjustment

Width 30° 45° 60° 90° Allowed

61224 ± 14.5

9 2236 ± 9.7

12 2348 ± 7.3

18 35711 ± 4.9

24 46915 ± 3.6

30 5811 19 ± 2.9

36 6 10 13 23 ± 2.4

• Mark desired hole/cut locations per chart.

• Remove any rungs (if necessary) affected by cuts.

• Cut side rails through center of required holes per chart.

• Mount outside FLEX-MOUNT splice plate with provided

hardware and bend REDI-RAIL sections to desired angle.

• Form inside FLEX-MOUNT splice plate to fit contour of inner

rails and bolt into place.

• Reinstall (if necessary) appropriate rungs.

Torque to 18 ft•lbs.

• If Splice Rung Kit (see below) is required, order

separately.

• Recommend adding one to the value in the chart if the

first hole is less than 3/8" from the end of tray.

RSI05A09SL-12-144 Straight Section shown with required side rail removed to form 90° fitting.

Cut location

Cut location Count over

number of

holes

specified in

chart

Count over

number of

holes

specified in

chart

FLEX-MOUNT Splice Rung Kit

• Kit allows a support rung to be added to flex-mount splice

plates so that cables may be supported through a bend.

• The support rung is available in three lengths

and should be ordered based upon tray width.

• The rung length is sized so that it will fit a maximum tray width

when FLEX-MOUNT splices are used to make a bend up to 90°.

• Once the FLEX-MOUNT splices are installed in the cable tray system,

the distance between the splice mounting surfaces should be

measured.

Cut support rung to the measured distance and install using the

hardware included. Torque to 18 ft•lbs.

Example: Flex connectors are installed

on an 18" wide tray with approximately a

45° bend. The correct support rung kit is

9A-RFM-24RK. The tray width is 24" or

less and the angle is less than 90°.

For Tray Actual

Width Catalog No. Rung Length

Up to 12" 9A-RFM-12RK 20"

18" & 24" 9A-RFM-24RK 37"

30" & 36" 9A-RFM-36RK 54"

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-16

REDI-RAIL™- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

RSI04A09SL-12-144

9A-SR0406

Out-Board Rung

9ZN-LV1-1 with

low voltage adapter

1/2" ATR

9ZN-5112

as center hung

Single patch panel mounted

in center of 9ZN-MB1-4

9ZN-LV1-1 with low voltage

adapter and wall plate

Voice / Data / Video Options

Power Options

3/8" ATR

RSI04A09SL-12-144

9ZN-MB1-4

BL1400

Electrical Box

9ZN-R238

The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392-9(b)). This rule requires that all

the individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width

times the load depth.

In actual practice with data cables, however, the cable tray becomes completely full in reaching the "50% cable fill". See the picture below.

The tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable areas is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables.

"50%" Fill Per NEC

Cross Sectional Area

Calculation

This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5, 5e, or 6 cables (O.D. = .21" .026 lbs/ft).

In the above loading grid, the weight of the cables is not the issue. The volume capacity of the tray

governs. For example, the worst case (6" load depth, 36" wide) has a total cable weight of 81 lbs/ft.

Data Cables

Tray Tray

Depth Width

in mm 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36"

Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft

3” 76 260 7 390 10 520 14 780 21 1040 26 1299 32 1559 41

4” 101 347 9 520 13 693 18 1040 27 1386 35 1733 43 2079 54

5” 127 433 12 650 17 866 23 1299 34 1733 43 2166 53 2599 68

6” 152 520 14 780 20 1040 27 1559 41 2079 52 2599 64 3119 81

Data Cable Fill and Weight Chart

Number of Category 5/5e/6 Cables and Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-17

REDI-RAIL™- Specifications

Cable Tray Systems

Section 161xx - REDI-RAIL™ Cable Tray

Part 1 - General

1.01 Section Includes

A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,

materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings.

B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [vented

bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.

1.02 References

A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code

B. NEMA VE 1-2009 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems

C. NEMA VE 2-2006 - Cable Tray installation Guidelines

1.03 Drawings

A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray

systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can

determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of

all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.

B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and

levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of

his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.04 Submittals

A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods,

splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials,

finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional

properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities

required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, “Cable Tray Systems”.

C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable

channel systems (Article 392, NEC).

D. UL Compliance: Provide products that are UL-classified and labeled.

E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment

Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling

A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes.

Do not install damaged equipment.

B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and

construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.

Part 2 - Products

2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers

A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by

B-Line.

2.02 Cable Tray Sections and Components

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers or connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE-2.

B. Material and Finish: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be extruded from

Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association

Alloy 5052.

(continued on page RER-18)

REDI-RAIL

RER-18

REDI-RAIL™- Specifications

Cable Tray Systems

2.03 Type of Tray System

A. Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members

(rungs) mechanically fastened to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaces [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung

spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9” and measured at the center of the tray’s width.

Each rung must be capable of supporting 1 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of a 18” wide cable

tray with a safety factor of 1.5. Rungs shall be capable of easy removal, reinstallation, or replacement if

necessary.

B. Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with rungs spaced

4” on center.

C. Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid sheet over

rungs spaced on 12” centers.

D. Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inched per NEMA VE-1.

E. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3.05m)] [12 foot (3.65m)] lengths.

F. Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

G. Splice plates shall have (4) four nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections

between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohms. Splice plates shall be furnished with

straight sections and fittings.

H. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches.

2.04 Loading Capacities

A. Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [75 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span].

A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ________ lbs./ft on a ______ foot

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1

Section 5.2.

Part 3 - Execution

3.01 Installation

A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s

instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with

requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE-2 for general cable tray

installation guidelines.

B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable

tray work with other work.

C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight

sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions.

3.02 Testing

A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate

compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and

test methods.

B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the “worst case”

loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE-1-2002/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-02.

End Of Section.

(continued from page 189)

REDI-RAIL

RER-19

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Fittings For RSI04A, RSI05A, RSI06A and RSI07A

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix Suffix

Example: RSI 04 A09 HB - 09 - 30 R12

Series Height Material Fitting Type Width Angle Radius

RSI 04 = 4" Aluminum HB = Horizontal Bend 06 = 6" 30 = 30° R12 = 12"

05 = 5" 9” Rung *HT = Horizontal Tee 09 = 9" 45 = 45° R24 = 24"

06 = 6" Spacing *HX = Horizontal Cross 12 = 12" 60 = 60°

07 = 7" VI = Vertical Inside Bend 18 = 18" 90 = 90°

VO = Vertical Outside Bend 24 = 24"

*VTD = Vertical Tee Down 30 = 30"

*VTU = Vertical Tee Up 36 = 36"

For aluminum 4", 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated bottom add VB or SB as shown below.

Prefix Prefix

RSI05AVBHB - 24 - 90R24 RSI05ASBHB - 24 - 90R24

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated Bottom

Horizontal Tee

*Angle not required in part number

Horizontal Reducing / Expanding Tee or Cross

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix Suffix

Example: RSI 04 A09 ET - 09 - 12 - R12

Series Height Material Fitting Type Width1Width2Radius

RSI 04 = 4" Aluminum ET = Expanding Tee 06 = 6" 06 = 6" R12 = 12"

05 = 5" 9” Rung RT = Reducing Tee 09 = 9" 09 = 9" R24 = 24"

06 = 6" Spacing RX = Expanding/Reducing 12 = 12" 12 = 12"

07 = 7" Cross 18 = 18" 18 = 18"

24 = 24" 24 = 24"

30 = 30" 30 = 30"

36 = 36" 36 = 36"

Width2

Width1

Vertical Inside

Vertical Outside

Horizontal Bend

Vertical Tee

Down shown

• Furnished with

splice plates.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

RER-20

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 90˚ Horizontal Bend 60˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions Dimensions

R Catalog No. ABCCatalog No. ABC

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152

(Pre)HB-06-90R12

181

/16 459 181

/16 459

(

Pre)HB-06-60R12

179/16 445 101

/8258 1111/16 297

9 228

(

Pre)HB-09-90R12

199/16 497 199/16 497 199/16 497

(

Pre)HB-09-60R12

1813

/16 478 107

/8277 129/16 319

12 305

(

Pre)HB-12-90R12

211

/16 535 211

/16 535

(

Pre)HB-12-60R12

201

/8511 115

/8296 137/16 341

12 305 18 457

(

Pre)HB-19-90R12

241

/16 611 241

/16 611

(

Pre)HB-18-60R12

2234577 131

/8334 153/16 385

24 609

(

Pre)HB-24-90R12

271

/16 687 271

/16 687

(

Pre)HB-24-60R12

255

/16 643 145

/8372 167

/8429

30 762

(

Pre)HB-30-90R12

301

/16 763 301

/16 763

(

Pre)HB-30-60R12

2715/16 709 161/8410 185/8473

36 914

(

Pre)HB-36-90R12

331

/16 840 331

/16 840

(

Pre)HB-36-60R12

301

/2775 175

/8448 203/8517

6 152

(

Pre)HB-06-90R24

301

/16 763 301

/16 763

(

Pre)HB-06-60R24

2715/16 709 161

/8410 185/8473

9 228

(

Pre)HB-09-90R24

319/16 802 319/16 802 319/16 802

(

Pre)HB-09-60R24

291/4742 167

/8429 191/2495

12 305

(

Pre)HB-12-90R24

331

/16 840 331

/16 840

(

Pre)HB-12-60R24

301

/2775 175

/8448 203/8517

24 609 18 457

(

Pre)HB-18-90R24

361

/16 916 361

/16 916

(

Pre)HB-18-60R24

331

/8841 191

/8486 221

/8561

24 609

(

Pre)HB-24-90R24

391

/16 992 391

/16 992

(

Pre)HB-24-60R24

353/4907 205

/8524 2313/16 605

30 762

(

Pre)HB-30-90R24

421

/16 1068 421

/16 1068

(

Pre)HB-30-60R24

385/16 973 221/8562 259/16 649

36 914

(

Pre)HB-36-90R24

451

/16 1144 451

/16 1144

(

Pre)HB-36-60R24

4015/16 1039 235

/8600 275/16 693

6 152

(

Pre)HB-06-45R12

153

/4400 61/2165 93/16 233

(

Pre)HB-06-30R12

133/16 338 39/16 90 71/16 180

9 228

(

Pre)HB-09-45R12

1613/16 427 615/16 176 913/16 249

(

Pre)HB-09-30R12

1315/16 354 33/495 71/2190

12 305

(

Pre)HB-12-45R12

177/8454 77/16 189 101

/2267

(

Pre)HB-12-30R12

1411/16 373 315

/16 100 77/8200

12 305 18 457

(

Pre)HB-18-45R12

201

/2521 85/16 211 113/4298

(

Pre)HB-18-30R12

163/16 411 45

/16 110 811/16 220

24 609

(

Pre)HB-24-45R12

221

/16 560 93/16 233 1215/16 328

(

Pre)HB-24-30R12

1711/16 449 43/4120 91/2241

30 762

(

Pre)HB-30-45R12

245/16 617 101

/16 255 141/4362

(

Pre)HB-30-30R12

193/16 487 51

/8131 105/16 261

36 914

(

Pre)HB-36-45R12

267/16 671 1015

/16 278 157

/16 392

(

Pre)HB-36-30R12

2011/16 525 59/16 141 111

/16 282

6 152

(

Pre)HB-06-45R24

245/16 617 101

/16 255 143

/16 360

(

Pre)HB-06-30R24

193/16 487 51

/8131 105/16 261

9 228

(

Pre)HB-09-45R24

251

/4641 101

/2267 1413/16 376

(

Pre)HB-09-30R24

1915/16 506 55

/16 136 1011/16 271

12 305

(

Pre)HB-12-45R24

267/16 671 1015

/16 278 157

/16 392

(

Pre)HB-12-30R24

2011/16 525 59/16 141 111

/16 282

24 609 18 457

(

Pre)HB-18-45R24

289/16 725 1113/16 300 1611/16 424

(

Pre)HB-18-30R24

223/16 563 515

/16 151 117/8302

24 609

(

Pre)HB-24-45R24

3011/16 779 1211/16 322 1715

/16 456

(

Pre)HB-24-30R24

2311/16 601 63/8161 1211/16 322

30 762

(

Pre)HB-30-45R24

3213/16 833 139/16 345 193/16 487

(

Pre)HB-30-30R24

253/16 640 63/4171 131/2343

36 914

(

Pre)HB-36-45R24

3415/16 887 147/16 367 207/16 519

(

Pre)HB-36-30R24

2611/16 678 71/8182 145/16 363

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

45˚ Horizontal Bend 30˚ Horizontal Bend

Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB)

90˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚ Horizontal Bend

3" (76)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚ Horizontal Bend

30˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚

60˚

45˚

30˚

Bottoms manufactured:

09 = 9" Rung Spacing

VB = 4" Rung Spacing

SB = Flat sheet over

12" Rung Spacing

3" (76)

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

REDI-RAIL

RER-21

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray Horizontal Cross

Radius Width Dimensions

RWCatalog No. AB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152

(Prefix)HX-06-R12

181

/16 458 363/4933

9 228

(Prefix)HX-09-R12

199/16 497 397/81013

12 305

(Prefix)HX-12-R12

211

/16 535 421/41073

12 305 18 457

(Prefix)HX-18-R12

241

/16 611 481/21232

24 609

(Prefix)HX-24-R12

271

/16 687 5413/16 1392

30 762

(Prefix)HX-30-R12

301

/16 763 601/41530

36 914

(Prefix)HX-36-R12

331

/16 839 669/16 1691

6 152

(Prefix)HX-06-R24

301

/16 763 601

/16 1551

9 228

(Prefix)HX-09-R24

319/16 801 631

/41606

12 305

(Prefix)HX-12-R24

331

/16 839 669/16 1691

24 609 18 457

(Prefix)HX-18-R24

361

/16 916 721

/16 1830

24 609

(Prefix)HX-24-R24

391

/16 992 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)HX-30-R24

421

/16 1068 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)HX-36-R24

451

/16 1144 9015/16 2310

Bend Tray Horizontal Tee

Radius Width Dimensions

R W Catalog No. AB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152

(Prefix)HT-06-R12

181

/16 458 363/4933

9 228

(Prefix)HT-09-R12

199/16 497 397/81013

12 305

(Prefix)HT-12-R12

211

/16 535 421

/41073

12 305 18 457

(Prefix)HT-18-R12

241

/16 611 481

/21232

24 609

(Prefix)HT-24-R12

271

/16 687 5413/16 1392

30 762

(Prefix)HT-30-R12

301

/16 763 601

/41530

36 914

(Prefix)HT-36-R12

331

/16 839 669/16 1691

6 152

(Prefix)HT-06-R24

301

/16 763 601

/16 1525

9 228

(Prefix)HT-09-R24

319/16 801 631

/41606

12 305

(Prefix)HT-12-R24

331

/16 839 669/16 1691

24 609 18 457

(Prefix)HT-18-R24

361

/16 916 721

/16 1830

24 609

(Prefix)HT-24-R24

391

/16 992 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)HT-30-R24

421

/16 1068 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)HT-36-R24

451

/16 1144 9015/16 2310

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

Horizontal Tee (HT)

Horizontal Cross (HX)

3" (76)

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

REDI-RAIL

RER-22

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Tray Width * Insert Radius 12" Radius 24" Radius

(12 for 12" or 24 for 24")

W1W2Catalog No. AB AB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

9 228 6 152

(Prefix)RT-09-06-R*

199/16 497 363/4933 319/16 801 611/16 1551

6 152

(Prefix)RT-12-06-R*

211/16 535 363/4933 331/16 839 611/16 1551

12 305 9 228

(Prefix)RT-12-09-R*

211/16 535 397/81013 331/16 839 641/41631

6 152

(Prefix)RT-18-06-R*

241/16 611 363/4933 361/16 916 611/16 1551

18 475 9 228

(Prefix)RT-18-09-R*

241/16 611 397/81013 361/16 916 641/41631

12 305

(Prefix)RT-18-12-R*

241/16 611 421/41073 361/16 916 669/16 1691

6 152

(Prefix)RT-24-06-R*

271/16 687 363/4933 391/16 992 611/16 1551

9 228

(Prefix)RT-24-09-R*

271/16 687 397/81013 391/16 992 641/41631

24 609 12 305

(Prefix)RT-24-12-R*

271/16 687 421/41073 391/16 992 669/16 1691

18 457

(Prefix)RT-24-18-R*

271/16 687 481/21232 391/16 992 721/16 1830

6 152

(Prefix)RT-30-06-R*

301/16 763 363/4933 421/16 1068 611/16 1551

9 228

(Prefix)RT-30-09-R*

301/16 763 397/81013 421/16 1068 641/41631

30 762 12 305

(Prefix)RT-30-12-R*

301/16 763 421/41073 421/16 1068 669/16 1691

18 457

(Prefix)RT-30-18-R*

301/16 763 481/21232 421/16 1068 721/16 1830

24 609

(Prefix)RT-30-24-R*

301/16 763 5413/16 1392 421/16 1068 783/81991

6 152

(Prefix)RT-36-06-R*

331/16 839 363/4933 451/16 1144 611/16 1551

9 228

(Prefix)RT-36-09-R*

331/16 839 397/81013 451/16 1144 641/41631

12 305

(Prefix)RT-36-12-R*

331/16 839 421/41073 451/16 1144 669/16 1691

36 914 18 457

(Prefix)RT-36-18-R*

331/16 839 481/21232 451/16 1144 721/16 1830

24 609

(Prefix)RT-36-24-R*

331/16 839 5413/16 1392 451/16 1144 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)RT-36-30-R*

331/16 839 601/41532 451/16 1144 845/82150

Prefix RT - 36 - 18 - R24

Radius

Width W2

Width W1

Fitting

To complete catalog number, insert

fitting prefix.

R = Radius

Horizontal Reducing Tee (RT)

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Width dimensions are to inside wall.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

3" (76)

REDI-RAIL

RER-23

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Tray Width *Insert Radius 12" Radius 24" Radius

(12 for 12", 24 for 24”)

W1W2Catalog No. ABAB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

9 228

(Prefix)ET-06-09-R*

181/16 458 397/81013 301/16 763 641/41631

12 305

(Prefix)ET-06-12-R*

181/16 458 421/41073 301/16 763 669/16 1691

18 457

(Prefix)ET-06-18-R*

181/16 458 481/21232 301/16 763 721/16 1830

6 152 24 609

(Prefix)ET-06-24-R*

181/16 458 5413/16 1392 301/16 763 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)ET-06-30-R*

181/16 458 601/41532 301/16 763 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)ET-06-36-R*

181/16 458 669/16 1691 301/16 763 9015/16 2310

12 305

(Prefix)ET-09-12-R*

199/16 497 421/41073 319/16 801 669/16 1691

18 457

(Prefix)ET-09-18-R*

199/16 497 481/21232 319/16 801 721/16 1830

9 228 24 609

(Prefix)ET-09-24-R*

199/16 497 5413/16 1392 319/16 801 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)ET-09-30-R*

199/16 497 601/41532 319/16 801 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)ET-09-36-R*

199/16 497 669/16 1691 319/16 801 9015/16 2310

18 457

(Prefix)ET-12-18-R*

211/16 535 481/21232 331/16 839 721/16 1830

24 609

(Prefix)ET-12-24-R*

211/16 535 5413/16 1392 331/16 839 783/81991

12 305 30 762

(Prefix)ET-12-30-R*

211/16 535 601/41532 331/16 839 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)ET-12-36-R*

211/16 535 669/16 1691 331/16 839 9015/16 2310

24 609

(Prefix)ET-18-24-R*

241/16 611 5413/16 1392 361/16 916 783/81991

18 457 30 762

(Prefix)ET-18-30-R*

241/16 611 601/41532 361/16 916 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)ET-18-36-R*

241/16 611 669/16 1691 361/16 916 9015/16 2310

30 762

(Prefix)ET-24-30-R*

271/16 687 601/41532 391/16 992 845/82150

24 609 36 914

(Prefix)ET-24-36-R*

271/16 687 669/16 1691 391/16 992 9015/16 2310

30 762 36 914

(Prefix)ET-30-36-R*

301/16 763 669/16 1691 421/16 1068 9015/16 2310

Prefix ET - 09 - 30 - R12

Radius

Width W2

Width W1

Fitting

To complete catalog number, insert

fitting prefix.

Horizontal Expanding Tee (ET)

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Width dimensions are to inside wall.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

3" (76)

R = Radius

REDI-RAIL

RER-24

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Prefix RX - 09 - 24 - R24

Radius

Width W2

Width W1

Fitting

To complete catalog number, insert

fitting prefix.

3" (76)

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Width dimensions are to inside wall.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (RX)

3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Tray Width * Insert Radius 12" Radius 24" Radius

(12 for 12", 24 for 24”)

W1W2Catalog No. ABAB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

9 228

(Prefix)RX-06-09-R*

363/4933 397/81013 601/16 1525 641/41631

12 305

(Prefix)RX-06-12-R*

363/4933 421/41073 601/16 1525 669/16 1691

18 457

(Prefix)RX-06-18-R*

363/4933 481/21232 601/16 1525 721/16 1830

6 152 24 609

(Prefix)RX-06-24-R*

363/4933 5413/16 1392 601/16 1525 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)RX-06-30-R*

363/4933 601/41532 601/16 1525 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)RX-06-36-R*

363/4933 669/16 1691 601/16 1525 9015/16 2310

12 305

(Prefix)RX-09-12-R*

397/81013 421/41073 641/41632 669/16 1691

18 457

(Prefix)RX-09-18-R*

397/81013 481/21232 641/41632 721/16 1830

9 228 24 609

(Prefix)RX-09-24-R*

397/81013 5413/16 1392 641/41632 783/81991

30 762

(Prefix)RX-09-30-R*

397/81013 601/41532 641/41632 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)RX-09-36-R*

397/81013 669/16 1691 641/41632 9015/16 2310

18 457

(Prefix)RX-12-18-R*

421/41073 481/21232 669/16 1691 721/16 1830

24 609

(Prefix)RX-12-24-R*

421/41073 5413/16 1392 669/16 1691 783/81991

12 305 30 762

(Prefix)RX-12-30-R*

421/41073 601/41532 669/16 1691 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)RX-12-36-R*

421/41073 669/16 1691 669/16 1691 9015/16 2310

24 609

(Prefix)RX-18-24-R*

481/21232 5413/16 1392 721/16 1830 783/81991

18 457 30 762

(Prefix)RX-18-30-R*

481/21232 601/41532 721/16 1830 845/82150

36 914

(Prefix)RX-18-36-R*

481/21232 669/16 1691 721/16 1830 9015/16 2310

30 762

(Prefix)RX-24-30-R*

5413/16 1392 601/41532 783/81991 845/82150

24 609 36 914

(Prefix)RX-24-36-R*

5413/16 1392 669/16 1691 783/81991 9015/16 2310

30 762 36 914

(Prefix)RX-30-36-R*

601/41530 669/16 1691 845/82149 9015/16 2310

REDI-RAIL

RER-25

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

90° Vertical Inside (VI) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” 5” 6” 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABCABCABCABC

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-90R12

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-90R12

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-90R12

181/2" 181/2" 181/2" 191/2" 191/2" 191/2" 201/2" 201/2" 201/2" 211/2" 211/2" 211/2"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-90R12

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-90R12

(470) (470) (470) (495) (495) (495) (521) (521) (521) (546) (546) (546)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-90R12

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-90R12

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-90R24

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-90R24

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-90R24

301/2" 301/2" 301/2" 311/2" 311/2" 311/2" 321/2" 321/2" 321/2" 331/2" 331/2" 331/2"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-90R24

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-90R24

(851) (851) (851) (800) (800) (800) (825) (825) (825) (851) (851) (851)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-90R24

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-90R24

3" (76)

90°

90° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

90° Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” - 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABC

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-90R12

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-90R12

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-90R12

15" 15" 15"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-90R12

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-90R12

(381) (381) (381)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-90R12

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-90R12

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-90R24

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-90R24

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-90R24

27" 27" 27"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-90R24

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-90R24

(686) (686) (686)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-90R24

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-90R24

90° Vertical Inside

90˚

REDI-RAIL

RER-26

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

60˚

Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

60° Vertical Outside

60° Vertical Inside

60˚

3" (76)

60° Vertical Inside (VI) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” 5” 6” 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABCABCABCABC

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-60R12

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-60R12

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-60R12

18" 103/8" 12" 1813/16" 107/8" 129/16" 1911/16" 113/8" 131/8" 209/16" 117/8" 1311/16"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-60R12

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-60R12

(457) (263) (305) (478) (276) (319) (500) (289) (333) (522) (301) (347)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-60R12

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-60R12

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-60R24

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-60R24

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-60R24

283/8" 163/8" 1815/16" 291/4" 167/8" 191/2" 301/16" 173/8" 201/16" 3015/16" 177/8" 205/8"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-60R24

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-60R24

(721) (416) (481) (743) (428) (495) (763) (441) (509) (786) (454) (524)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-60R24

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-60R24

60° Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” - 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABC

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-60R12

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-60R12

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-60R12

147/8"8

5/8"9

15/16"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-60R12

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-60R12

(378) (219) (252)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-60R12

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-60R12

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-60R24

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-60R24

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-60R24

255/16" 145/8" 167/8"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-60R24

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-60R24

(643) (371) (428)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-60R24

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-60R24

REDI-RAIL

RER-27

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

45˚

45°

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

45° Vertical Outside

45° Vertical Inside

45° Vertical Inside (VI) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” 5” 6” 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABCABCABCABC

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-45R12

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-45R12

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-45R12

161/8"6

11/16"9

7/16" 167/8" 7" 97/8" 179/16"7

1/4" 101/4" 181/4"7

9/16" 1011/16"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-45R12

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-45R12

(409) (170) (239) (428) (178) (251) (446) (184) (260) (463) (192) (271)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-45R12

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-45R12

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-45R24

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-45R24

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-45R24

245/8" 103/16" 147/16" 255/16" 101/2" 1413/16" 26" 103/4" 151/4" 263/4" 111/16" 155/8"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-45R24

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-45R24

(625) (259) (366) (643) (267) (376) (660) (273) (387) (679) (281) (397)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-45R24

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-45R24

45° Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” - 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABC

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-45R12

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-45R12

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-45R12

135/8"5

5/8" 8"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-45R12

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-45R12

(346) (136) (203)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-45R12

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-45R12

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-45R24

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-45R24

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-45R24

221/8"9

3/16" 1215/16"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-45R24

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-45R24

(562) (233) (328)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-45R24

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-45R24

REDI-RAIL

RER-28

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

30˚

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

30° Vertical Outside

30° Vertical Inside

30° Vertical Inside (VI) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” 5” 6” 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABCABCABCABC

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-30R12

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-30R12

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-30R12

137/16"3

5/8"7

3/16" 1315/16"3

3/4"7

7/16" 147/16"3

7/8"7

3/4" 147/8" 4" 8"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-30R12

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-30R12

(341) (92) (182) (354) (95) (189) (366) (98) (197) (378) (101) (203)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-30R12

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-30R12

6 152

(Pre)VI-06-30R24

9 228

(Pre)VI-09-30R24

12 305

(Pre)VI-12-30R24

197/16"5

3/16" 107/16" 1915/16"5

5/16" 1011/16" 207/16"5

7/16" 1015/16" 207/8"5

5/8" 113/16"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VI-18-30R24

24 609

(Pre)VI-24-30R24

(493) (132) (265) (506) (135) (271) (519) (138) (278) (530) (143) (284)

30 762

(Pre)VI-30-30R24

36 914

(Pre)VI-36-30R24

30° Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Siderail Height

Bend Radius Width 4” - 7”

in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog No. ABC

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-30R12

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-30R12

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-30R12

115/8"3

1/8"6

1/4"

12 305 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-30R12

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-30R12

(295) (79) (159)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-30R12

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-30R12

6 152

(Pre)VO-06-30R24

9 228

(Pre)VO-09-30R24

12 305

(Pre)VO-12-30R24

175/8"4

3/4"9

7/16"

24 609 18 457

(Pre)VO-18-30R24

24 609

(Pre)VO-24-30R24

(447) (120) (239)

30 762

(Pre)VO-30-30R24

36 914

(Pre)VO-36-30R24

REDI-RAIL

RER-29

REDI-RAIL™- Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Bend Tray

(*) Insert U for Tee Up

Side Rail Height "H"

Radius Width

Insert D for Tee Down

4" - 7” 4” 5" 6" 7"

RABBBB

in. in. (mm) Catalog No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152 (Prefix)VT(*)-06-R12

9 228 (Prefix)VT(*)-09-R12

12” 12 305 (Prefix)VT(*)-12-R12

(305) 18 457 (Prefix)VT(*)-18-R12

15 381 337/16 849 343/8874 353/8899 363/8924

24 609 (Prefix)VT(*)-24-R12

30 762 (Prefix)VT(*)-30-R12

36 914 (Prefix)VT(*)-36-R12

6 152 (Prefix)VT(*)-06-R24

9 228 (Prefix)VT(*)-09-R24

24” 12 305 (Prefix)VT(*)-12-R24

(609) 18 457 (Prefix)VT(*)-18-R24

27 686 577/16 1458 583/81483 593/81508 603/81533

24 609 (Prefix)VT(*)-24-R24

30 762 (Prefix)VT(*)-30-R24

36 914 (Prefix)VT(*)-36-R24

Vertical Tee Up/Down (VTU/VTD)

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

3" (76)

VTU

VTD

REDI-RAIL

RER-30

REDI-RAIL™

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel

LST-1

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example: 156G 09 - 24 - 144 Part will have a long

lead time because of the

156G material.

Changing the part number from 156G to 156P will change the coding to black for all sections and reduce lead time.

LST-2

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12A, 8C 6 204* 0.0011 Area=0.51 in21.8 304* 0.019 Area=3.29 cm2

148 CSA: C1-3m 8 115 0.0036 Sx=0.48 in32.4 171 0.061 Sx=7.87 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 73 0.0087 Ix=0.89 in43.0 109 0.149 Ix=37.04 cm4

Area: 0.40 in212 51 0.0181 3.7 76 0.309

*When using 12" rung spacing load capacity is limited to 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When cable trays are used in

continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia,

Sx = Section Modulus.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published

load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection,

multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the

cable tray being installed.

.875

3.625 3.077

18 gauge

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 3.077"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 148 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

148 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 148

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 24" wide

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Series 1 Steel

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

LST-3

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C 6 304* 0.0007 Area=0.68 in21.8 452* 0.011 Area=4.39 cm2

156 CSA: C1-3m 8 171 0.0021 Sx=0.724 in32.4 254 0.036 Sx=11.86 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 109 0.0051 Ix=1.517 in43.0 163 0.087 Ix=63.14 cm4

Area: 0.40 in212 76 0.011 3.7 113 0.181

.875

3.628

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above the published loads. The published load safety factor

is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

*When using 12" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m)

for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design

factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

4.188

16 gauge

Series 1 Steel

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 3.628"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 156 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

156 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 156

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-4

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C 6 308* 0.0004 Area=0.77 in21.8 458* 0.007 Area=4.97 cm2

166 CSA: C1-3m 8 173 0.0013 Sx=0.93 in32.4 258 0.023 Sx=15.24 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 111 0.0032 Ix=2.40 in43.0 165 0.055 Ix=99.90 cm4

Area: 0.70 in212 77 0.0067 3.7 115 0.114

4.628

5.188

.750

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is

1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

*When using 12" rung spacing, the load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft

(290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much

as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

16 gauge

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 4.628"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 166 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

166 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 166

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

Series 1 Steel

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-5

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C 8 194 0.0008 Area=0.89 in22.4 288 0.014 Area=5.74 cm2

CSA: 137 kg/m3.7m 10 124 0.0020 Sx=1.23 in33.0 184 0.035 Sx=20.16 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 86 0.0042 Ix=3.80 in43.7 128 0.072 lx=158.2 cm4

Area: 0.70 in2

.750

6.188 5.628

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:

Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor

is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

16 gauge

176

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 5.628"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 176 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

176 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 176

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

Series 1 Steel

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-6

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.

• Pivot to any required angle.

• UL Classified for grounding

(bonding jumper not required).

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Expansion (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

• Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion

or contraction of the cable tray, or where

expansion joints occur in the supporting

structure.

•Bonding Jumpers are required.

Order Separately.

• L-shaped lay-in design.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run for

changes in direction in a horizontal

plane that do not conform to

standard horizontal fittings.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

• New design bonding jumpers

not required.

• (*) Insert or

• (X) Insert 4 for series 148 or 156

5 for series 166

6 for series 176

Catalog Cable Tray Tray

No. End Cut Width 'L'

9(*)-803(X) Mitered Thru 36" N/A

9(*)-803(X)-12 Not mitered Thru 12" 16"

9(*)-803(X)-36 Not mitered Thru 36" 41"

Tray

Series Catalog No.

156 to 148 9(*)-8004

166 to 156 or 148 9(*)-8045

176 to 156 or 148 9(*)-8046

176 to 166 9(*)-8060

Standard (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

• One pair including hardware provided with each section.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• Prepackaged in pairs in a plastic bag, with hardware.

• 4-hole pattern L-shaped splice plates.

• L-shaped lay-in design.

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

156 to148 9(*)-8244

166 9(*)-8245

176 9(*)-8246

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-2004-1/2

156 9(*)-2005-1/2

166 9(*)-2006-1/2

176 9(*)-2007-1/2

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(**)-7024

156 9(*)-8024

166 9(*)-8025

176 9(*)-8026

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36

One pair splice plates with extensions.

9(*)-803(X)

Splices only

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• These plates provide for changes in elevation

that do not conform to standard vertical

fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

• (**) Insert or

Step Down Splice Plates

• These splice plates are offered for

connecting cable tray sections

having side rails of different

heights.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Universal Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray systems.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-4004

156 9(*)-4005

166 9(*)-4006

176 9(*)-4007

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-4014

156 9(*)-4015

166 9(*)-4016

176 9(*)-4017

Series 1 Steel

Requires supports within 24” on

both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Requires

supports

within 24”

on both

sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-7

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• Assembly required.

• Mounting hardware included.

• Conduit clamp included

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.

• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Catalog No. Conduit Size

in. (mm)

9G-1158-1

/2, 3

/41

/2, 3

/415, 20

9G-1158-1, 11

/41, 11

/425, 32

9G-1158-11

/2, 2 11

/2, 2 40, 50

9G-1158-21

/2, 3 21

/2, 3 65, 80

9G-1158-31

/2, 4 31

/2, 4 90, 100

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8054

156 9(*)-8054

166 9(*)-8055

176 9(*)-8056

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8074-(‡)

156 9(*)-8074-(‡)

166 9(*)-8075-(‡)

176 9(*)-8076-(‡)

Frame Type Box Connector

• Designed to attach the end of a cable

tray run to a distribution cabinet or control

center to help reinforce the box at the

point of entry.

• Furnished with tray

connection hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Tray Hardware

Blind End

• This plate forms a closure for a

dead end cable tray.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8084-(‡)

156 9(*)-8084-(‡)

166 9(*)-8085-(‡)

176 9(*)-8086-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

Nylon ties provide easy attachment of

cable to ladder rungs; maximum

cable O.D. of 3" (76 mm).

Catalog No. 99-2125-15

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt

Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt

Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563

Grade A

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck

Carriage Bolt Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut

Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88

Overall Length 15"

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Used to attach the

end of a cable tray

run to a distribution

box or control panel.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

• This plate is used for joining cable trays

having different widths. When used in

pairs they form a straight reduction;

when used singly with a standard splice

plate they form an offset reduction.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (‡) Insert reduction

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8064-(‡)

156 9(*)-8064-(‡)

166 9(*)-8065-(‡)

176 9(*)-8066-(‡)

Catalog No. 9ZN-1150-(‡)

Series 1 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-8

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Support Bracket

•

Designed for center hung or trapeze supports.

•

Used with ladder or vented bottom tray only.

• Can be purchased as a wall mounted bracket.

• Load capacity is 600 lbs. (272.1 kg),

safety factor 3.

• All components are zinc plated.

•

1/2"

threaded rod and

1/2"

hex nuts not included.

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength

of the traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to

ensure proper installation.

• Furnished in pairs, with or

without hardware.

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling

Loading Catalog Available Coupling

Size lbs. No. Lengths Cat. No.

3/8-16 730 ATR 3/8x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8

1/2-13 1350 ATR 1/2x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Standard Finish: Zinc plated

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Bonding Jumper

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not

mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.

Sold individually.

• Hardware included.

• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page CTS-9

for amperage ratings required to

match the UL cross-sectional area of

the tray.

• 600 amp rating.

• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No.

Center Hung Wall

or Trapeze Mount

9ZN-5106 9ZN-5106-WB 6 152

9ZN-5109 9ZN-5109-WB 9 226

9ZN-5112 9ZN-5112-WB 12 305

9ZN-5118 9ZN-5118-WB 18 452

9ZN-5124 9ZN-5124-WB 24 609

Grounding Clamp

B-Line Cable Tray is UL®classified as to its suitability as an equipment

grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding

capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor

at least once to each tray section.

• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

Catalog No. Material Item

9A-2130 Tin Plated Aluminum Grounding Clamp

Ground Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding

cables to cable tray.

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Cable Size

9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM

Patent No.

5,100,086

9ZN-1204 shown.

Installed as a guide.

9ZN-1208

shown.

Installed as

a clamp.

For

Cable Tray

Width

in. (mm)

Hanger Rod Clamp

• For 1/2" ATR.

• Furnished in pairs.

• Order ATR and hex nuts separately.

• Two piece "J"-hanger design.

• 9ZN-1113 has 275 lbs./pair

safety factor 3.

• 9ZN-532(X) has 1500 lbs./pair

safety factor 3.

Patent # RE35479

Catalog No.

Without With Overall Hardware

Hardware Hardware Length Size Finish

in. (mm)

9ZN-1204 9ZN-1204NB 11/238 1/4" G90

9ZN-1208 9ZN-1208NB 21/457 3/8" G90

Catalog No. Copper Wire Size Ampacity

99-N1 #1 600

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9ZN-1113

156 9ZN-5324

166 9ZN-5325

176 9ZN-5326

11/2"

(39mm)

21/4"

(57mm)

Series 1 Steel

ZN SS4

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-9

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Horizontal Bend

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any

horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and

a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• Standard length is 72"

(6 ft.), sold individually.

• (*) Insert or

Vertical Bend Barriers

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific

vertical fitting.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1

/2" plated self-drilling screws

and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• (*) Insert or

• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees

• (†) Insert 12, 24, or 36 for radius

99-9982

Catalog No.

Barrier Strip Splice

• Plastic splice holds adjoining

barrier strips in straight alignment.

• 5” (127mm) long

Straight Section

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).

• Order catalog number based on loading

depth.

• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated self-

drilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

• (*) Insert or

Outside

Bend

(VO)

Inside

Bend

(VI)

Barriers

Length =

144 for 12'

120 for 10'

Catalog No. 9(*)-1104T-(‡)

Ladder Drop-Out

• This special designed, easy to install drop-out provides a

4" (101.6 mm) radius to protect cables exiting the cable tray

from damage.

• Attaches to a ladder rung.

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

• (‡) Insert tray width

Tray H

Series Catalog No.

in. (mm)

148 72(*)-90HBFL 2.8 58

156 737(*)-90HBFL 3.4 70

166 747(*)-90HBFL 4.4 91

176 757(*)-90HBFL 5.4 112

Tray H

Series Catalog No.

in. (mm)

148 72(*)-Length 2.8 58

156 737(*)-Length 3.4 70

166 747(*)-Length 4.4 91

176 757(*)-Length 5.4 112

Tray Catalog No. H

Series Inside Bend Outside Bend

in. (mm)

148 72(*)-(**)VI(†) 72(*)-(**)VO(†) 2.8 58

156 737(*)-(**)VI(†) 737(*)-(**)VO(†) 3.4 70

166 747(*)-(**)VI(†) 747(*)-(**)VO(†) 4.4 91

176 757(*)-(**)VI(†) 757(*)-(**)VO(†) 5.4 112

Series 1 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-10

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)

B409-12 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 228 12 304.8

B409-18 640 2.84 12 305 18 457.2

B409-24 480 2.13 18 457 24 609.6

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)

B494-30 924 4.11 24 609.6 30 762.0

B494-36 864 3.84 30 762.0 36 914.4

B494-42 580 2.58 36 914.4 42 1066.8

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)

B297-30 665 2.95 24 609.6 30 762.0

B297-36 550 2.44 30 762.0 36 914.4

B297-42 465 2.06 36 914.4 42 1066.8

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces with hardware.

Catalog No. Design Load* 'A'

lbs (kN) in. (mm)

B441-22 1200 5.34 33/8 86

B441-22A 1200 5.34 5 127

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)

B494-12 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 304.8

B494-18 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457.2

B494-24 996 4.43 18 457 24 609.6

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finish available:

Safety Load Factor 2.5

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4.841 - 1.050

B501-1 1.051 - 1.315

B501-11/41.316 - 1.660

B501-11/21.661 - 1.900

B501-2 1.901 - 2.375

B501-21/22.376 - 2.875

• Order properly sized U-Bolts

separately.

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

Tray Width 'A'

lbs (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)

B409UF-12 800 3.55 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Series 1 Steel

ZN GRN HDG

GRN HDG

ZN HDG

SS4 ZN GRN HDG SS4SS6

ZN GRN HDG

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-11

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Steel C-Clamp With Locknut

• Finishes available:

for 3/8& 1/2

for 5/8& 3/4

all sizes

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog Rod Design Load

Number Size lbs (kN)

B351L-3/83/8"-16 300 0.89

B351L-1/21/2"-13 380 1.69

B351L-5/85/8"-11 550 2.44

B351L-3/43/4"-10 630 2.80

Cat. No. B210 B210A

Design Load 800 lbs. 3.56 kN 300 lbs. 1.33 kN

Tap Size 1/2"-13 - 3/8"-16 -

Mat'l. Thickness 3/8" 9.5 mm 1/4" 6.4 mm

B751 Bottom Beam Clamp and Accessories

Setscrew included Finish available: ZN

Loading position A - 500 lbs.

Loading position B - 300 lbs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Assembly No. B751 B701J_ B752 B753

To Fit Clamp,Setscrew J-Hook,Clip Swivel & Bolt Swivel Nut

Flange Sizes & J-Hook & Square Nut Only Only

4"-5 7/8"B751-J4-3/8* B701-J4-3/8B752 B753-**

6"-8 7/8"B751-J6-3/8* B701-J6-3/8B752 B753-**

9"-11 7/8"B751-J9-3/8* B701-J9-3/8B752 B753-**

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finishes available: or

• For a maximum beam thickness

of 3/4".

• For thicker beams, step up one

flange width size.

Cat. No. Flange Width

B312-6 Up to 6"

B312-9 6" - 9"

B312-12 9" - 12"

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. Rod Design Load

No. Size A BC D E F T

lbs (kN)

B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 11 Ga. 600 2.67

B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2"1/4" 1500 6.68

B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1300 5.79

B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1400 6.23

* Clamp Assembly complete with J-Hook Assembly. Setscrew included.

** Insert 1/4, 3/8or 1/2for the desired rod size.

B753

Position A

B701-J_-3/8

B752

B751

Position B

Provides a full 15° swivel

in any direction. (State

the desired rod size.)

B751-J_-3/8*

Setscrew included

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No.

Design Load 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm 11/8" 28.6 mm

Mat’l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

B212-1/4B212-3/8

Series 1 Steel

ZN HDG ZN HDG

GRN HDG

SS4

ZN HDG

GRN

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-12

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Cat. No. 99-9980-(‡)

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.

Straight Section 120" or 144" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.

Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.

Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only

one-half the number of clamps stated above is required.

Standard Cover Clamp

• Sold per piece

• For indoor service only

Tray Catalog No.

Series Znplt HDGAF

148 9ZN-9019 9G-9019

156 9ZN-9014 9G-9014

166 9ZN-9015 9G-9015

176 9ZN-9016 9G-9016

Combination Hold Down & Cover

Clamp

• Sold per piece

• For indoor

service only

Tray Catalog No.

Series Znplt/Pre-Galv. HDGAF

148 9ZN-9243 9G-9243

156 9P-9043 9G-9043

166 9P-9053 9G-9053

176 9P-9063 9G-9063

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• (‡) Insert

tray width

Tray Catalog No.

Series Pre-Galv. HDGAF

148 9P-(‡)-9040 9G-(‡)-9040

156 9P-(‡)-9044 9G-(‡)-9044

166 9P-(‡)-9054 9G-(‡)-9054

176 9P-(‡)-9064 9G-(‡)-9064

Example of Catalog Number for

Fitting Cover:

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the

cables is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.

Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet

allow heat to escape.

B-Line recommends that covers on vertical cable tray

runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m)

above the floor to isolate both cables and

personnel. Flanged covers have a .30 in.

(7.6 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with

the cover and must be ordered separately.

Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged

Vertical Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 1 P - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Side Rail*

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Solid Non-Flanged

Covers Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 1 P - 24 - 144

Cover Type Detail Material Tray Width Item Description

80 = Solid 1 = Flanged P = Pre-Galvanized

06 = 6"

For Straight Section Cover:

81 = Ventilated 9 = Non-Flanged

G = HDGAF 09 = 9" Pre-Galvanized Only:

12 = 12" 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)

18 = 18" 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)

24 = 24"

Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF

30 = 30"

72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)

36 = 36"

60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)

For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting

to be covered. See example below.

Covers

* Required for VO fittings only.

Cover Joint Strip

• Used to join covers

• Plastic

• (‡) Insert tray width

Raised Cover Clamp

• For indoor

service only.

• Sold per piece

• For use with flanged

covers only.

Tray Catalog

Series No.

Series 1 9ZN-910†

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Series 1 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-13

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02 Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from

structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance

with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electro-galvanized

zinc per ASTM B633.

2.03 Hot dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural

quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge

and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized

after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dipped

galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

2.04 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)

welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused

fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the

rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails.

2.05 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated

bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To

provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular

holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.06 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a

corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated

bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.07 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.08 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths.

2.09 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.10 Splice plates shall be L-shaped with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice

connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per

NEMA VE 1 5.2. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Series 1 Steel

LST-14

Series 1 Steel - Specification

Cable Tray Systems

For steel 4”, 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated add 04 or SB as shown below.

Prefix Prefix

15P04 - 24 - 90HB24 15PSB - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 1 4 P - 24 - 90 HB 24

Height

4 = 148

5 = 156

6 = 166

7 = 176

Series

Material

P = Pre-Galvanized

G = HDGAF

Width

06 = 6" (152)

09 = 9" (228)

12 = 12" (305)

18 = 18" (457)

24 = 24" (609)

30 = 30" (762)

36 = 36" (914)

Angle

30 = 30°

45 = 45°

60 = 60°

90 = 90°

Radius

12 = 12" (305)

24 = 24" (609)

36 = 36" (914)

Type

HB = Horizontal Bend

HT = Horizontal Tee

HX = Horizontal Cross

VI = Vertical Inside Bend

VO = Vertical Outside Bend

LR = Left Reducer

RR = Right Reducer

SR = Straight Reducer

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Fittings engineered

with 3" tangents for

splicing integrity.

Series 1 Fittings

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-15

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

Bend Tray 90˚ Horizontal Bend 60˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions Dimensions

R Catalog No. ABCCatalog No. ABC

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152

(Pre)-06-90HB12

18 450 18 450 18 450

(Pre)-06-60HB12

171

/2445 101

/8257 1111/16 297

9 228

(Pre)-09-90HB12

191

/2495 191

/2495

(Pre)-09-60HB12

1813/16 478 107

/8276 121

/2318

12 305

(Pre)-12-90HB12

21 533 21 533 21 533

(Pre)-12-60HB12

201

/16 510 115

/8295 133

/8340

12 305 18 457

(Pre)-18-90HB12

24 600 24 600 24 600

(Pre)-18-60HB12

2211/16 576 131

/8333 151

/8384

24 609

(Pre)-24-90HB12

27 686 27 686 27 686

(Pre)-24-60HB12

255

/16 643 145

/8372 167

/8429

30 762

(Pre)-30-90HB12

30 750 30 750 30 750

(Pre)-30-60HB12

277/8708 161/8410 189

/16 472

36 914

(Pre)-36-90HB12

33 838 33 838 33 838

(Pre)-36-60HB12

301

/2775 175

/8448 205

/16 516

6 152

(Pre)-06-90HB24

30 750 30 750 30 750

(Pre)-06-60HB24

277

/8708 161

/8410 189

/16 472

9 228

(Pre)-09-90HB24

311

/2800 311

/2800

(Pre)-09-60HB24

293

/16 741 167

/8429 197

/16 494

12 305

(Pre)-12-90HB24

33 838 33 838 33 838

(Pre)-12-60HB24

301

/2775 175

/8448 205

/16 516

24 609 18 457

(Pre)-18-90HB24

36 914 36 914 36 914

(Pre)-18-60HB24

331

/16 840 191

/8486 221

/16 560

24 609

(Pre)-24-90HB24

39 991 39 991 39 991

(Pre)-24-60HB24

3511/16 907 205

/8524 2313/16 605

30 762

(Pre)-30-90HB24

42 1067 42 1067 42 1067

(Pre)-30-60HB24

381/4972 221/8562 251/2648

36 914

(Pre)-36-90HB24

45 1143 45 1143 45 1143

(Pre)-36-60HB24

407/81038 235

/8600 271/4692

6 152

(Pre)-06-45HB12

153

/4400 61

/2165 93

/16 233

(Pre)-06-30HB12

131

/8333 31

/289 7 175

9 228

(Pre)-09-45HB12

1613

/16 427 615

/16 176 913/16 249

(Pre)-09-30HB12

137

/8352 311/16 94 77

/16 189

12 305

(Pre)-12-45HB12

177

/8454 73

/8187 107

/16 265

(Pre)-12-30HB12

145

/8372 315

/16 100 713/16 198

12 305 18 457

(Pre)-18-45HB12

20 500 81

/4210 1111/16 297

(Pre)-18-30HB12

161

/8410 45

/16 135 85

/8219

24 609

(Pre)-24-45HB12

221

/16 560 91

/8232 1215

/16 329

(Pre)-24-30HB12

175

/8448 411/16 119 97

/16 240

30 762

(Pre)-30-45HB12

243

/16 614 10 250 143

/16 360

(Pre)-30-30HB12

191

/8486 51

/8130 101

/4260

36 914

(Pre)-36-45HB12

265

/16 668 1015

/16 278 157

/16 392

(Pre)-36-30HB12

205

/8524 51

/2140 111

/16 281

6 152

(Pre)-06-45HB24

243

/16 614 10 250 143

/16 360

(Pre)-06-30HB24

191

/8486 51

/8130 101

/4260

9 228

(Pre)-09-45HB24

251

/4641 101

/2267 1413/16 376

(Pre)-09-30HB24

197

/8505 55

/16 135 105

/8270

12 305

(Pre)-12-45HB24

265

/16 668 1015

/16 278 157

/16 392

(Pre)-12-30HB24

205

/8524 51

/2140 111

/16 281

24 609 18 457

(Pre)-18-45HB24

287

/16 722 1113/16 300 1611/16 424

(Pre)-18-30HB24

221

/8562 515

/16 151 1113/16 300

24 609

(Pre)-24-45HB24

309

/16 776 1211/16 322 1715

/16 456

(Pre)-24-30HB24

235

/8600 65

/16 160 125

/8321

30 762

(Pre)-30-45HB24

3211/16 830 139/16 345 191/8486

(Pre)-30-30HB24

251/8638 63/4172 137/16 341

36 914

(Pre)-36-45HB24

3413/16 884 147/16 367 203/8518

(Pre)-36-30HB24

265

/8676 71/8181 141/4362

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

45˚ Horizontal Bend 30˚ Horizontal Bend

Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB)

90˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚ Horizontal Bend

3" (76)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚ Horizontal Bend

30˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚

60˚

45˚

30˚

Bottoms manufactured:

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing

04 = 4" Rung Spacing

SB = Flat sheet over 12”

Rung Spacing

3" (76)

LST-16

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Horizontal Cross

Radius Tray Dimensions

R Width Catalog No. AB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX12 18 457 36 914

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX12 191

/2495 39 991

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX12 21 533 42 1067

12 305 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX12 24 610 48 1219

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX12 27 686 54 1372

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX12 30 762 60 1524

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX12 33 838 66 1676

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX24 30 762 60 1524

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX24 311

/2800 63 1600

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX24 33 838 66 1676

24 609 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX24 36 914 72 1829

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX24 39 991 78 1981

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX24 42 1067 84 2134

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX24 45 1143 90 2286

Bend Tray Horizontal Tee

Radius Width Dimensions

RCatalog No. AB

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT12 18 457 36 914

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HT12 191

/2495 39 991

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT12 21 533 42 1067

12 305 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT12 24 610 48 1219

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT12 27 686 54 1372

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT12 30 762 60 1524

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT12 33 838 66 1676

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT24 30 762 60 1524

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HT24 311

/2800 63 1600

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT24 33 838 66 1676

24 609 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT24 36 914 72 1829

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT24 39 991 78 1981

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT24 42 1067 84 2134

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT24 45 1143 90 2286

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

Horizontal Tee (HT)

Horizontal Cross (HX)

3" (76)

(Prefix) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

Series 1 Fittings

LST-17

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Tray Width Left Hand Reducer Straight Reducer Right Hand Reducer

W1W2Catalog No. A Catalog No. A Catalog No. A

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

9 228 6 152 (Prefix)-09-LR06 93/4248 (Prefix)-09-SR06 87/8225 (Prefix)-09-RR06 93/4248

12 305 6 152 (Prefix)-12-LR06 111/2292 (Prefix)-12-SR06 93/4248 (Prefix)-12-RR06 111/2292

9 228 (Prefix)-12-LR09 93/4248 (Prefix)-12-SR09 87/8225 (Prefix)-12-RR09 93/4248

6 152 (Prefix)-18-LR06 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-18-SR06 111/2292 (Prefix)-18-RR06 1415/16 379

18 457 9 228 (Prefix)-18-LR09 133/16 340 (Prefix)-18-SR09 105/8270 (Prefix)-18-RR09 133/16 340

12 305 (Prefix)-18-LR12 111/2292 (Prefix)-18-SR12 93/4248 (Prefix)-18-RR12 111/2292

6 152 (Prefix)-24-LR06 183/8467 (Prefix)-24-SR06 133/16 340 (Prefix)-24-RR06 183/8467

24 609 9 228 (Prefix)-24-LR09 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-24-SR09 123/8314 (Prefix)-24-RR09 1611/16 424

12 305 (Prefix)-24-LR12 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-24-SR12 111/2292 (Prefix)-24-RR12 1415/16 379

18 457 (Prefix)-24-LR18 111/2292 (Prefix)-24-SR18 93/4248 (Prefix)-24-RR18 111/2292

6 152 (Prefix)-30-LR06 217/8555 (Prefix)-30-SR06 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-RR06 217/8555

9 228 (Prefix)-30-LR09 201/8511 (Prefix)-30-SR09 141/16 358 (Prefix)-30-RR09 201/8511

30 762 12 305 (Prefix)-30-LR12 183/8462 (Prefix)-30-SR12 133/16 335 (Prefix)-30-RR12 183/8462

18 459 (Prefix)-30-LR18 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-SR18 111/2292 (Prefix)-30-RR18 1415/16 380

24 609 (Prefix)-30-LR24 111/2292 (Prefix)-30-SR24 93/4248 (Prefix)-30-RR24 111/2292

6 152 (Prefix)-36-LR06 255/16 643 (Prefix)-36-SR06 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-36-RR06 255/16 643

9 228 (Prefix)-36-LR09 239/16 598 (Prefix)-36-SR09 1513/16 402 (Prefix)-36-RR09 239/16 598

36 914 12 305 (Prefix)-36-LR12 217/8555 (Prefix)-36-SR12 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-RR12 217/8555

18 457 (Prefix)-36-LR18 183/8462 (Prefix)-36-SR18 133/16 335 (Prefix)-36-RR18 183/8462

24 609 (Prefix)-36-LR24 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-SR24 111/2292 (Prefix)-36-RR24 1415/16 380

30 762 (Prefix)-36-LR30 111/2292 (Prefix)-36-SR30 93/4248 (Prefix)-36-RR30 111/2292

14P - 24 - RR 18

Width2

Fitting

Width1

Prefix

Right ReducerStraight Reducer

Left Reducer

Reducers (LR, SR, RR)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

(Prefix) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

Reducer Part Numbering

Series 1 Fittings

LST-18

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

90° Vertical Inside Bend

Bend VI Dimensions

Radius Width Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

in. (mm) in. (mm)

Catalog No. ABC AB C A B C A B C

6 152 (Pre)-06-90(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-90(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-90(*)12 187/16"18

7/16"18

7/16"19

3/16"19

3/16"20

3/16"21

3/16"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-90(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-90(*)12 (468) (468) (468) (487) (487) (487) (513) (513) (513) (538) (538) (538)

30 762 (Pre)-30-90(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-90(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-90(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-90(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-90(*)24 307/16"30

7/16"30

7/16"31

3/16"31

3/16"32

3/16"33

3/16"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-90(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-90(*)24 (773) (773) (773) (792) (792) (792) (817) (817) (817) (843) (843) (843)

30 762 (Pre)-30-90(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-90(*)24

3" (76)

90°

90° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

90° Vertical Inside

90˚

Series 1 Fittings

12" 15" 15" 15"

(305) (381) (381) (381)

24" 27" 27" 27"

(609) (686) (686) (686)

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R ABC

90° Vertical Bend

LST-19

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Bend Tray VI Dimensions

Radius Width Catalog Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

R No.

in. (mm) in. (mm)

ABC A BCA B CA B C

6 152 (Pre)-06-60(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-60(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-60(*)12 181/16"10

7/16" 12" 181/2"10

11/16"12

3/8"19

3/8"11

3/16"12

15/16"20

1/4"11

11/16"13

1/2"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-60(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-60(*)12 (459) (265) (305) (470) (271) (314) (492) (284) (328) (514) (297) (343)

30 762 (Pre)-30-60(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-60(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-60(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-60(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-60(*)24 287/16"16

7/16"18

15/16"28

15/16"16

11/16"19

1/4"29

3/4"17

3/16"19

7/8"30

5/8"17

11/16"20

7/16"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-60(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-60(*)24 (722) (417) (481) (735) (424) (489) (755) (436) (505) (778) (449) (519)

30 762 (Pre)-30-60(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-60(*)24

60° Vertical Inside Bend

60˚

3" (76)

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

60° Vertical Inside 60° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

Series 1 Fittings

12" 147/8"8

5/8"9

15/16"

(305) (378) (219) (252)

24" 255/16" 145/8" 167/8"

(609) (643) (371) (428)

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R ABC

60° Vertical Bend

LST-20

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Bend Tray Catalog VI Dimensions

Radius Width No. Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

in. (mm) in. (mm)

ABCA BCA B C ABC

6 152 (Pre)-06-45(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-45(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-45(*)12 163/16"6

11/16"9

1/2"16

9/16"6

7/8"9

11/16"17

1/4"7

3/16"10

1/8" 18" 77/16"10

9/16"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-45(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-45(*)12 (411) (170) (241) (420) (174) (246 (438) (182) (257 (457) (189) (268)

30 762 (Pre)-30-45(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-45(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-45(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-45(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-45(*)24 2411/16"10

3/16"14

7/16"25

1/16"10

3/8"11

14/16"25

3/4"10

11/16"15

1/16"26

1/2" 11" 151/2"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-45(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-45(*)24 (627) (259) (367) (662) (263) (373) (654) (271) (382 (673) (279) (394)

30 762 (Pre)-30-45(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-45(*)24

45° Vertical Inside Bend

45° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

45° Vertical Inside

3" (76)

45˚

45°

Series 1 Fittings

12" 135/8"5

5/8" 8"

(305) (346) (143) (203)

24" 221/16"9

1/8" 1215/16"

(609) (560) (232) (328)

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R ABC

45° Vertical Bend

LST-21

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Bend Tray VI Dimensions

Radius Width Catalog Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

R No.

in. (mm) n. (mm) ABC ABCABC A BC

6 152 (Pre)-06-30(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-30(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-30(*)12 137/16"3

5/8"7

3/16"13

11/16"3

11/16"7

5/16"14

3/16"3

13/16"7

5/8"14

11/16"3

15/16"7

7/8"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-30(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-30(*)12 (341) (92) (182) (347) (93) (186.2) (360) (97) (193) (373) (100) (200)

30 762 (Pre)-30-30(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-30(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-30(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-30(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-30(*)24 197/16"5

3/16"10

7/16"19

11/16"5

5/16"10

9/16"20

3/16"5

7/16"10

13/16"20

11/16"5

9/16"11

1/16"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-30(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-30(*)24 (494) (132) (265) (500) (135) (268) (513) (138) (274) (525) (141) (281)

30 762 (Pre)-30-30(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-30(*)24

12" 115/8"3

1/8"6

3/16"

(305) (295) (79) (157)

24" 175/8"4

11/16"9

7/16"

(609) (448) (119) (240)

30° Vertical Inside Bend

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R ABC

30° Vertical Bend

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

30° Vertical Inside 30° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

30˚

Series 1 Fittings

LST-22

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 81

/4210 81

/4210 61

/2165 121

/8303 121

/8303 101

/2267

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-3 24 610 24 610 221

/4565 277

/8708 277

/8708 261

/4667

12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 113

/4298 61

/2165 12 305 143

/4375 81

/2216 16 406

24 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-2 113

/4298 61

/2165 12 305 143

/4375 81

/2216 16 406

12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 123

/4324 51

/4133 171

/8435 151

/2394 67

/8175 21 540

24 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 123

/4324 51

/4133 171

/8435 151

/2394 67

/8175 21 540

Nominal Dimensions

Bend

Catalog

VO VI

Radius

No.

ABR A B R

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

90˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

Angle ø AB

in. (mm) in. (mm)

45˚ 12 305 81

/2216

30˚ 14 355 53

/4146

221

/2˚ 141

/4362 5 127

Adjustable Vertical Bends are made up of one or

more vertical bend segments and can be used as a

vertical inside (VI) or vertical outside (VO) bend. This

design provides for vertical changes in direction with angles

of 45˚, 60˚ and 90˚ for 12" (305 mm) or 24" (609 mm) radius.

The chart below shows the number of segments required for

the various combinations of angles and radii. The VBS-1, VBS-2

and VBS-3 include one, two or three segments respectively with

splice plates and hardware. Holes for setting standard angles

are pre-punched in each segment. Other angles can be set by

field drilling another hole for the locking bolt.

Vertical Bend Segments (VBS)

Notes:

1. (*) Insert material type: P=Pre Galvanized, G=HDGAF

2. (†) Contact home office for information on

Ventilated Trough and Solid Trough availability

3. (‡) Insert width 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

Setting the Angle

To find correct angle setting, divide angle of offset

by the number of segments plus one. The result is

equal to the angle setting stamped on the vertical

bend segment and the splice plate. After inserting

center pivot bolt, align the mark at the end of the

segment or splice plate with the angle and insert

locking bolt in the pre-punched hole.

Example: 90˚ bend, 24" radius requires 3 segments

3 segments + 1 = 4

90˚ divided by 4 = 221

/2˚

Set all vertical segments at 221

/2˚

Locking Bolt

Pivot Bolt

Center Mark

Angle Settings

221/2

Fitting Hole Pattern

Offset Dimensions

One vertical bend segment

can be used to complete a

vertical offset. Offset

dimensions are shown.

VBS-1 (1 Segment)

VBS-2 (2 Segments)

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Available for 148P and 148G only.

60˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

45˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

VBS-3 (3 Segments)

Series 1 Fittings

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

LST-23

Series 1 Steel - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

LST-24

Notes

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

HAT-1

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select

products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example: 34A VT - 24 - 144 Part will have a normal

lead time because of the

VT bottom type.

For Aluminum Fittings

see fittings section pages

FTS-1 thru FTS-17

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

HAT-2

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 24 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

24 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 24

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

34 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 34

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡144 = 12 ft.

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-3

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 487* 0.001 1.8 725* 0.017

CSA: D1-3m 8 284 0.003 Area=1.05 in22.4 422 0.055 Area=6.77 cm2

10 181 0.008 Sx=1.34 in33.0 270 0.135 Sx=21.96 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 126 0.016 Ix=2.85 in43.7 187 0.279 Ix=118.63 cm4

Area:1.00 in214 93 0.030 4.3 138 0.518

16 71 0.052 4.9 105 0.883

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 10 320 0.005 3.0 476 0.077

CSA: E-6m 12 222 0.009 Area=1.82 in23.7 331 0.160 Area=11.74 cm2

14 163 0.017 Sx=2.10 in34.3 243 0.296 Sx=34.41 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 125 0.030 Ix=4.98 in44.9 186 0.505 Ix=207.28 cm4

Area: 1.50 in218 99 0.047 5.5 147 0.810

20 80 0.072 6.1 119 1.234

1.75

4.20 3.08

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.75

4.12 3.05

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.27 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m)

for 36" tray width.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

HAT-4

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 25 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

25 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 25

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡240 = 20 ft.

35 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 35

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡144 = 12 ft.

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-5

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 10 310 0.0035 3.0 461 0.060

CSA: E-3m 12 215 0.0073 Area=1.67 in23.7 320 0.125 Area=10.77 cm2

14 158 0.014 Sx=2.35 in34.3 235 0.232 Sx=38.51 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 121 0.023 Ix=6.37 in44.9 180 0.395 Ix=265.14 cm4

Area: 1.50 in218 96 0.037 5.5 142 0.633

20 77 0.057 6.1 115 0.965

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 12C 10 200 0.0049 3.0 298 0.083

CSA: D1-6m 12 139 0.010 Area=1.24 in23.7 207 0.172 Area=8.00 cm2

14 102 0.019 Sx=1.80 in34.3 152 0.319 Sx=29.50 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 78 0.032 Ix=4.62 in44.9 116 0.545 Ix=192.30 cm4

Area: 1.00 in218 62 0.051 5.5 92 0.873

20 50 0.078 6.1 74 1.330

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

1.75

5.00 3.93

1.75

5.06 3.96

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

HAT-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 26 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

26 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 26

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡240 = 20 ft.

36 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 36

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡144 = 12 ft.

46 24 = 24" ¨240 = 20 ft. 46

30 = 30" ¡288 = 24 ft.

H46† Trough- 36 = 36" ¨240 = 20 ft. H46

6" thru 36" wide ¡300 = 25 ft.

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

† H46A only available in ladder

type 9” and 12” rung spacing

See page APP-2.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-7

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 16 261 0.0085 4.9 388 0.145

CSA: 131 kg/m7.6m 18 206 0.014 Area=2.95 in25.5 307 0.233 Area=19.03 cm2

20 167 0.021 Sx=5.33 in36.1 248 0.355 Sx=87.34 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 22 138 0.030 Ix=17.30 in46.7 205 0.520 Ix=720.08 cm4

Area: 2.00 in224 116 0.043 7.3 173 0.737

25 88 0.051 7.6 131 0.867

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 14 210 0.0071 4.3 313 0.121

CSA: E-6m 16 161 0.012 Area=2.06 in24.9 239 0.207 Area=13.29 cm2

18 127 0.019 Sx=3.59 in35.5 189 0.331 Sx=58.83 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 103 0.030 Ix=12.18 in46.1 153 0.505 Ix=506.97 cm4

Area: 1.50 in222 85 0.043 6.7 127 0.739

24 72 0.061 7.3 106 1.046

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 233 0.0043 3.7 347 0.073

CSA: E-6m 14 171 0.008 Area=1.81 in24.3 255 0.136 Area=11.68 cm2

16 131 0.014 Sx=3.36 in34.9 195 0.232 Sx=55.06 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 18 104 0.022 Ix=10.85 in45.5 154 0.372 Ix=451.61 cm4

Area: 1.50 in220 84 0.033 6.1 125 0.566

22 69 0.049 6.7 103 0.829

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 10 204 0.0028 3.0 304 0.049

CSA: D1-6m 12 142 0.006 Area=1.41 in23.7 211 0.101 Area=9.10 cm2

14 104 0.011 Sx=2.53 in34.3 155 0.186 Sx=41.46 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 80 0.019 Ix=7.915 in44.9 119 0.318 Ix=329.45 cm4

Area: 1.00 in218 63 0.030 5.5 94 0.509

20 51 0.045 6.1 76 0.776

2.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support, without collapse, a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

6.12 5.04

6.17

2.00

6.19 5.08

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

H46

5.06

2.00

6.24 5.09

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

HAT-8

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

7" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 37 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

37 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨240 = 20 ft. 37

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡144 = 12 ft.

47 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 47

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡288 = 24 ft.

H47† 24 = 24" ¨240 = 20 ft. H47

30 = 30" ¡300 = 25 ft.

57† 36 = 36" ¨360 = 30 ft. 57

¡300 = 25 ft.

Trough-

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

† H47A & 57A only available in ladder

type 9” and 12” rung spacing.

See page APP-2.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

57A available in

(9” & 12” rung spacing in

12” to 36” widths)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-9

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 14 204 0.0048 4.3 304 0.083

CSA: 142 kg/m6.1m 16 156 0.0082 Area=2.38 in24.9 233 0.141 Area=15.35 cm2

18 123 0.0132 Sx=4.94 in35.5 184 0.225 Sx=80.95 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 100 0.0201 Ix=17.88 in46.1 149 0.344 Ix=744.22 cm4

Area: 2.00 in^222 83 0.0295 6.7 123 0.503

24 69 0.0418 7.3 103 0.713

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 222 0.0035 3.7 331 0.059

CSA: 106 kg/m6.1m 14 163 0.0064 Area=1.81 in24.3 243 0.109 Area=11.68 cm2

16 125 0.011 Sx=3.77 in34.9 186 0.186 Sx=61.78 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 18 99 0.017 Ix=13.50 in45.5 147 0.299 Ix=561.91 cm4

Area: 1.50 in220 80 0.027 6.1 119 0.455

22 66 0.039 6.7 98 0.666

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

2.00

7.14 6.05

2.00

7.24 6.13

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

7" Side Rail Height

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 16 233 0.0064 4.9 346 0.110

CSA: 241 kg/m6.1m 18 184 0.010 Area=3.04 in25.5 274 0.176 Area=19.61 cm2

20 149 0.016 Sx=6.10 in36.1 222 0.268 Sx=99.96 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 22 123 0.023 Ix=22.91 in46.7 183 0.393 Ix=953.59 cm4

Area: 2.00 in224 103 0.033 7.3 154 0.556

25 95 0.038 7.6 142 0.655

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

2.00

7.24 6.09

H47

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 20 232 0.011 6.1 345 0.187

CSA: 152 kg/m9.1m 22 192 0.016 Area=4.22 in26.7 285 0.274 Area=27.23 cm2

24 161 0.023 Sx=7.73 in37.3 240 0.388 Sx=126.67 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 26 136 0.031 Ix=32.86 in47.9 202 0.534 Ix=1367.74 cm4

Area: 2.00 in228 117 0.042 8.5 174 0.718

30 102 0.055 9.1 152 0.947

7.40 6.23

2.00

HAT-10

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

8" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: S8 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

S8 A= Aluminum Ladder- 12 = 12" 480 = 40 ft.

09 = 9" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¨360 = 30 ft. S8

12 = 12" rung spacing 24 = 24" ¡300 = 25 ft.

30 = 30"

36 = 36"

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

* Alternated rung

unless indicated.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 20 363 0.007 6.1 540 0.111

CSA: 240 kg/m9.1m 22 300 0.010 6.7 446 0.163

24 252 0.013 Area=5.50 in27.3 375 0.230 Area=35.48 cm2

UL Cross-Sectional 26 215 0.019 Sx=15.39 in37.9 320 0.317 Sx=252.20 cm3

Area: 2.00 in228 185 0.025 Ix=55.35 in48.5 276 0.427 Ix=2303.84 cm4

30 161 0.033 9.1 240 0.562

40 101 0.146 12.2 151 2.488

3.00

8.00 6.175

S8A

Overall Width

(Width + 1.80")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 385 for rung

capacities.

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-11

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

The following is a list of accessories and fittings

that can be provided with S8A tray.

For more information on these items, contact

Engineering Department.

Fittings

Horizontal Bends

30° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

45° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

60° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Horizontal Tees

With 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Vertical Outside Bends

30° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

45° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

60° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Vertical Inside Bends

30° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

45° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

60° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Reducing Fittings

Accessories

Splice Plate - 9A-1008

Expansion Splice Plate - 9A-1018

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1038

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1028

Hold Down Clamps - 9ZN-1281, 9G-1281, 9A-1281

Guides - S9ZN-1202, S9G-1202

Step Down Splice Plate - 9A-1050, 9A-1078, 9A-1048

Other Accessories Include:

Offset Splice Plates

Blind Ends

Covers - Standard aluminum cover number with S in front (Example: S807A40)

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-12

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

H46A, H47A and 57A Mid-Span

Splice

• Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A

straight sections.

• Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel

Type 316 hardware standard.

• Available on ladder bottoms

only. 09 and 12" rung

spacing.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.

• Pivot to any required angle.

• UL Classified for grounding

(bonding jumper not required).

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1004 4 101

9A-1005 5 127

9A-1006 6 152

9A-1007 7 178

Wedge Lock Splice Plates

• Standard 4-hole pattern.

• Furnished in pairs, with hardware.

• One pair including hardware

provided with each section.

• Boxed in pairs

with hardware.

•

For field installation

drill 13/32" hole.

Horizontal Adjustable

Splice Plates

• Offered to adjust a cable tray

run for changes in direction

in a horizontal plane that do

not conform to standard

horizontal fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• New design bonding jumpers

not required.

• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for

side rail height.

Catalog Cable Tray Tray

No. End Cut Width 'L'

9A-103(X) Mitered Thru 36" N/A

9A-103(X)-12 Not mitered Thru 12" 16"

9A-103(X)-36 Not mitered Thru 36" 41"

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1045 5 to 4 127 to 101

9A-1046 6 to 4 152 to 101

9A-1060 6 to 5 152 to 127

9A-1047 7 to 4 178 to 101

9A-1061 7 to 5 178 to 127

9A-1062 7 to 6 178 to 152

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1004-1/24 101

9A-1005-1/25 127

9A-1006-1/26 152

9A-1007-1/27 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-2044 4 101

9A-2045 5 127

9A-2046 6 152

9A-2047 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1014 4 101

9A-1015 5 127

9A-1016 6 152

9A-1017 7 178

9A-103(X)

Splice only

9A-103(X)-12 or 9A-103(X)-36

One pair splice plates with extensions.

Expansion Splice Plates

• Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion

or contraction of the cable tray, or where

expansion joints occur in the supporting structure.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

•Bonding Jumpers are required

on each siderail.

Order Separately.

For heavy duty

expansion splice plates

see page APP-3.

Universal Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray

systems.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1024 4 101

9A-1025 5 127

9A-1026 6 152

9A-1027 7 178

Step Down Splice Plates

• These splice plates are

offered for connecting cable

tray sections having side rails

of different heights.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• These plates provide for changes in

elevation that do not conform to standard

vertical fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

•Bonding Jumper not required.

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H46A 9A-6006

H47A, 57A 9A-6007

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Requires

supports within

24” on both

sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Requires

supports

within 24”

on both

sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-13

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

9A-1240

Catalog No.

Cross Connector Bracket

• For field connecting crossing section.

• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"

hardware.

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having

different widths. When used in pairs they form

a straight reduction; when

used singly with a standard

splice plate, they form an

offset reduction.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (‡) Insert reduction

Catalog No. 9ZN-1150-(‡) Catalog No. 9ZN-1155-(‡)

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1064-(‡) 4 101

9A-1065-(‡) 5 127

9A-1066-(‡) 6 152

9A-1067-(‡) 7 178

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptor

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.

• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Catalog No. Conduit Size

in. mm

9G-1158-1/2, 3/41/2, 3/415, 20

9G-1158-1, 11/41, 11/425, 32

9G-1158-11/2, 2 11/2, 2 40, 50

9G-1158-21/2, 3 21/2, 3 65, 80

9G-1158-31/2, 4 31/2, 4 90, 100

Tray Hardware

For field installation drill 13/32" hole.

Standard Tray Hardware

Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" Znplt Square

Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt

Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563

Grade A

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Optional Tray Hardware

Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" SS6 Square

Neck Carriage Bolt AISI 316 Stainless Steel

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 Serrated

Flange Hex Nut AISI 316 Stainless Steel

To order optional 316 Stainless Steel

hardware add SS6 suffix to part number

Example: 9A-1004SS6

Aluminum I-Beam

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

Nylon ties provide easy attachment of

cable to ladder rungs; maximum cable

O.D. is 3" (76mm).

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No. 99-2125-15

• Assembly required.

• Mounting hardware

included.

• Conduit clamps

provided.

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.

• Conduit clamp included.

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptors

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1084-(‡) 4 101

9A-1085-(‡) 5 127

9A-1086-(‡) 6 152

9A-1087-(‡) 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1074-(‡) 4 101

9A-1075-(‡) 5 127

9A-1076-(‡) 6 152

9A-1077-(‡) 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1054 4 101

9A-1055 5 127

9A-1056 6 152

9A-1057 7 178

Frame Type Box Connector

• Designed to attach the end of a cable

tray run to a distribution cabinet or

control center to help reinforce the box

at the point of entry.

• Furnished with tray

connection hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Blind End

• This plate forms a

closure for a dead

end cable tray.

• Furnished as one

plate with hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Used to attach the

end of a cable tray

run to a distribution

box or control

panel.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

HAT-14

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Inside Bend Outside Bend Side Rail Loading

Catalog No. Catalog No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73A-(*)VI(†) 73A-(*)VO(†) 4 101 3 76

74A-(*)VI(†) 74A-(*)VO(†) 5 127 4 101

75A-(*)VI(†) 75A-(*)VO(†) 6 152 5 127

76A-(*)VI(†) 76A-(*)VO(†) 7 178 6 152

Vertical Bend Barriers

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a

specific vertical fitting.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1

/2" plated self-drilling

screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• (*) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees

• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

Straight Section

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).

• Order catalog number based on loading

depth.

• Furnished with four #10 x 1

/2" plated self-

drilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it exits

from the trough-type cable tray.

• Hardware is included for attachment of the trough bottom drop-out.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

9A-1104T-(‡)

9A-RBC

Catalog No.

Barrier Strip Clip

• Provides attachment to rung.

• Allows for installed barrier adjustment.

•

Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location.

• Barriers strip clips not included with barriers.

(Must be ordered separately)

Horizontal Bend

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order

to conform to any horizontal fitting radius.

Cut to length.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated

self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier

Strip Splice.

• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73A-90HBFL 4 101 3 76

74A-90HBFL 5 127 4 101

75A-90HBFL 6 152 5 127

76A-90HBFL 7 178 6 152

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73A-Length 4 101 3 76

74A-Length 5 127 4 101

75A-Length 6 152 5 127

76A-Length 7 178 6 152

9A-1104-(‡)

Catalog No.

Ladder Drop-Out

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with

4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,

preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any

desired rung.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Snap-In Plastic Bushing

Trough-Type Drop-Out

Outside Bend

(VO)

Inside Bend

(VI)

Length =

144 for 12'

120 for 10'

Barriers

Catalog No.

99-1124

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Screw slot for

sheet metal screw

Rung

Barrier

Flange

HAT-15

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling

Hanger Rod Clamp

• For 1/2" ATR.

• Furnished in pairs.

• Order ATR and hex nuts separately.

• Two-piece "J"-hanger design.

• 1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Rail Height

in. mm

9(*)-5324 4 101

9(*)-5325 5 127

9(*)-5326 6 152

9(*)-5327 7 178

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp "P"

• Fits with series 2, 3, & 4 rungs.

• Attaches to rung at any point.

• 14 gauge Type 316 stainless steel

material to minimize corrosion and

induction heating.

• Plated steel and aluminum

also available.

Ground Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding

cables to cable tray.

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Cable Size

9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM

3/8"-16 730 ATR 3/8" x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8

1/2"-13 1350 ATR 1/2" x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2

Grounding Clamp

B-Line Cable Tray is UL®classified as to its suitability as an

equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for

additional grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp

for bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section.

• Accepts #6 AWG to

250 MCM.

Catalog No. Material

9A-2130 Tin Plated Aluminum

Bonding Jumper

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not

mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.

Sold individually.

• Hardware included.

• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page CTS-9 for

amperage ratings required to match

the UL cross-sectional area of the tray.

• See tray loading chart for UL

cross-sectional area.

• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No. Copper Wire Size Ampacity

99-N1 #1 600

99-40 4/0 1600

99-1620 250 MCM 2000

Loading Catalog Available Coupling

Size lbs No. Lengths Cat. No.

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Standard Finish: Zinc plated

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Catalog No. Cable Size

in. mm

BP081SS .250 - .840 6.4 - 21.3

BP110SS .810 - 1.100 20.6 - 28.0

BP135SS .850 - 1.350 21.6 - 34.8

BP175SS 1.250 - 1.750 31.8 - 44.5

BP205SS 1.550 - 2.050 39.4 - 52.1

BP250SS 2.000 - 2.500 50.8 - 63.5

BP300SS 2.500 - 3.000 63.5 - 76.2

BP325SS 2.750 - 3.250 69.9 - 82.6

BP375SS 3.250 - 3.750 82.6 - 95.3

BP425SS 3.750 - 4.250 95.3 - 108.0

BP475SS 4.250 - 4.750 108.0 - 120.7

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

ZN SS4

ZN G

Refer to Section CF

Cable Fixing

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

Catalog No.

99-9982

Barrier Strip Splice

•

Plastic splice holds adjoining barrier strips in straight alignment.

• 5” (127mm) long.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

HAT-16

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog No. Finish

9ZN-1249 Znplt

9G-1249 HDGAF

Cable Tray Guide

• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.

• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the cable tray.

• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.

• Guides are required on both sides of cable

tray to prevent lateral movement - can be

placed on either the inside or outside

flange of cable tray.

• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are

required per tray.

• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Neoprene Roll

• Use for material isolation.

•1/8" x 2" x 25' roll.

• Hardness: Shore A60.

• Good weatherability.

Nylon Pad

• Use for friction reduction.

• Hardness: Shore D80.

• Low friction coefficient.

• UV resistant.

• Excellent weatherability.

• UL - 94HB.

Catalog No. 99-PE36

Catalog No. Finish

9ZN-1249HD Znplt

9G-1249HD HDGAF

Cable Tray Clamp

• Hold-down clamps for single or double cable tray runs.

• No drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.

• Sold in pieces

- two clamps are required per tray.

• Maximum beam flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength

of the traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to

ensure proper installation.

• Furnished in pairs, with or

without hardware.

• Not recommended

for vertical support.

Catalog No. 99-NP300

1/8"

(3mm)

(76mm)

(152mm)

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications

see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page HAT-20

Catalog No.

Without With Overall Hardware

Hardware Hardware Length Size Finish

in. mm

9ZN-1204 9ZN-1204NB 11/238 1/4" G90

9ZN-1208 9ZN-1208NB 21/457 3/8" G90

9A-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" Alum.

9G-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" HDGAF

9SS6-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" 316SS

9ZN-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" G90

9ZN-1204 shown.

Installed as a guide.

9ZN-1208 shown.

Installed as a clamp.

Patent # RE35479 11/2"

(39mm)

21/4"

(57mm)

Isolator Pad

• Use as a friction reducer and/or as

a dissimilar metal isolator barrier.

• UV resistant HDPE.

• Temperature range: -100 to 160° F.

• Designed to use with

9(*)-1205 or 9(*)-1208 clamp/guide.

• Color - White.

Catalog No. 99-PE34

Isolation pad shown as

when used with a guide. Isolation pad shown with top

flange doubled under for

clamp application.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-17

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Trapeze

Hardware

Kit

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit

B-Line trapeze kits provide the

components required for a single trapeze

support in one package. These kits are

available in Dura-Green™epoxy coated steel

with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip

galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel

hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a

plastic bag and boxed with the channel,

which is pre-cut to the appropriate length

as shown in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9(*)-5506-22SHA 6 152 16 406 1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA 9 229 18 457 1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA 12 305 22 559 1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA 18 457 28 711 1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA 24 610 34 864 1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA 30 762 40 1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA 36 914 46 1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA 42 1067 52 1321 1350 6.01

Trapeze Support Kit

B-Line trapeze kits provide the components

required for a single trapeze support in one

package. These kits are available in pre-

galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware

or hot dip galvanized steel with 316

stainless steel hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a

plastic bag and boxed with the channel,

which is pre-cut to the appropriate length

as shown in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9P-5506-22SH(†) 6 152 16 406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†) 9 229 18 457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305 22 559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457 28 711 865 3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610 34 864 700 3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762 40 1016 590 2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914 46 1168 510 2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00

• (†) Insert 3/8for 3/8" threaded rod hardware.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

• (*) Insert or

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

(1) B22 Channel

cut to the

required length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) Channel

cut to the

required

length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

Catalog No. 9ZN-5500-1/2 9G-5500-1/2

1 pr. 9ZN-1205 1 pr. 9G-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN 2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8SS6

2 N525 WO ZN 2 N525 WO SS6

4 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer 4 B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer

4 HN 1/2ZN 4 HN 1/2SS6

In plastic bag

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

GRN G

Rooftop Support Bases

with B22 Channel Catalog No. Height x Width x Length

DB10-28 55/8” x 6” x 28.0”

DB10-36 55/8” x 6” x 36.0”

DB10-42 55/8” x 6” x 42.0”

DB10-50 55/8” x 6” x 50.0”

DB10-60 55/8” x 6” x 60.0”

Designed as a superior rooftop support

for cable tray,

UV resistant and approved for most

roofing material or other flat surfaces.

Can be used with any of B-Line cable

tray clamps and guides.

Ultimate Load Capacity:

1,000 lbs. (uniform load) LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.

General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load

capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath

the rubber membrane.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

HAT-18

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-12 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B494-18 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457

B494-24 996 4.43 18 457 24 610

Center Hung Tray Support

• Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows

cable to be laid-in from both sides.

• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field

cutting of cable tray supports. Labor

costs are dramatically reduced.

• Required hardware and threaded rod

material for trapeze assemblies are

reduced by 50%.

• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded

rod. (Order rod separately)

• Use with all aluminum and steel

cable trays through 24" width.

• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.

Safety factor of 3.0.

Eccentric loading is not to exceed a

60% vs. 40% load differential.

• The maximum recommended unsupported

span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).

• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog Tray Channel

No. Width Length

9ZN-5212 6", 9", 12" 18"

9ZN-5224 18", 24" 30"

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-30 924 4.11 24 610 30 762

B494-36 864 3.84 30 762 36 914

B494-42 580 2.58 36 914 42 1067

B494-48 500 2.22 42 1067 48 1219

(2) 1/2" x 7/8"

Hex Head Cap Screws

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) B202

Square Washer

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold Down

Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO

(1) B22 Channel cut to

the required length

(1) 9/16" Inside diameter

steel tubing welded to strut

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No. 9ZN-5200

1 pr. 9ZN-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN

2 N525 WO ZN

1 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer

2 HN 1/2ZN

In plastic bag

ZN = Zinc Plated

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

ZN GRN HDG

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-19

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B297-12 1660 7.38 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B297-18 1100 4.89 12 305 18 457

B297-24 835 3.71 18 457 24 610

B297-30 665 2.95 24 610 30 762

B297-36 550 2.44 30 762 36 914

B297-42 465 2.06 36 914 42 1067

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included) Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.

Safety Factor of 2.5

• Furnished in pairs.

• Hole size: 9/16” (14mm)

for 1/2” threaded rod.

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409-12 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409-18 640 2.84 12 305 18 457

B409-24 480 2.13 18 457 24 610

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

• Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.

• Four bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment

hardware provided

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

• Recommended for support

of vertical trays.

Heavy Duty Hold

Down Bracket

• Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.

• Two bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.

•1/2" support attachment hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

• Recommended for support

of vertical trays.

Catalog No. 9(*)-1241 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242

71/2"

(178mm)

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finish available:

Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Outside 'A'

Cable Tray Ht. in. mm

9A-1224 4" 3.84 97.54

9A-1225 5" 4.73 120.14

9A-1226 6" 5.84 148.34

9A-1227 7" 6.84 173.74

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4.841 - 1.050

B501-1 1.051 - 1.315

B501-11/41.316 - 1.660

B501-11/21.661 - 1.900

B501-2 1.901 - 2.375

B501-21/22.376 - 2.875

• Order properly sized U-Bolts

separately.

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409UF-12 800 3.55 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

ZN SS4 SS6

ZN GRN HDG SS4 SS6

ZN GRN HDG SS4

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

HAT-20

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Beam Clamp

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finish available:

• For a maximum beam

thickness of 3/4".

• For thicker beams, step up

one flange width size.

Cat. No. Flange Width

B312-6 Up to 6"

B312-9 6" - 9"

B312-12 9" - 12"

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog 'A' Thread Length 'TL' Wt./C

No. in. mm in. mm lbs kg

B700-J4 81/2" 215.9 5" 127.0 44 19.9

B700-J6 111/2" 292.1 6" 152.4 53 24.0

B700-J9 121/4" 368.3 6" 152.4 63 28.6

B700-J12 171/2" 444.5 6" 152.4 78 35.4

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. Rod Design Load

No. Size A BC DEFT

lbs kN

B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 11 Ga. 600 2.67

B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2"1/4" 1500 6.68

B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1300 5.79

B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16" 1 11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1400 6.23

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No. B212-1/4B212-3/8

Design Load * 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick 3/4"19 mm 1 1/8"28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness 1/4"6.3 mm 3/8"9.5 mm

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

• Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Order HHCS and

Channel Nuts separately.

• Finish available:

• Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Recommended torque:

'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)

• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"

• Finish available:

• Hex Nut included.

Material:

7 Gauge (4.6)

1/2"-13 Rod & Hex

Nut Sold Separately

1/2"-13 Threads

1 1/2"

(38.1)

“A’

‘TL’

1 7/8"

(47.6)

J-Hook & Hex

Nut Included

Catalog For Flange Width Wt./C

No. in. mm lbs kg

B750-J4 3"- 6" 76.2 - 152.4 109 49.4

B750-J6 5"- 9" 127.0 - 288.6 124 56.2

B750-J9 8"- 12" 203.2 - 304.8 135 61.2

B750-J12 11"- 15" 279.4 - 381.0 147 66.7

Catalog Design Load* 'A'

lbs kN in. mm

B441-22 1200 5.34 33/8 86

B441-22A 1200 5.34 5 127

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

ZN HDG ZN GRN HDG SS4 ZN GRN HDG

ZN HDG

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-21

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 7 A - 24 - 144

Cover Type Detail Material Tray Width Item Description

80 = Solid 6 = Non-Flanged A = Aluminum

06 = 6"

For Straight Section Cover:

81 = Ventilated (80 & 81 type only)

09 = 9" 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)

82 = Peaked 7 = Flange 12 = 12" 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)

18 = 18"

72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)

24 = 24"

60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)

30 = 30"

For fitting covers: Insert suffix of

36 = 36"

fitting to be covered.

See example below.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.

Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield, yet allow heat to escape.

B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor

to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and

must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked covers,

having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded

construction.

Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged Peaked Flanged 2 to 3 Pitch

Peaked Flanged

(See page APP-4)

Vertical Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 7 A - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Side Rail*

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Solid Non-Flanged

Covers

Horizontal Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 7 A - 18 - 90 HB 24

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Detail

Cover Type

* Required for VO fittings only

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-22

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Cover Joint Strip

• Used to join covers

• Plastic

• (‡) Insert tray

width

Raised Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• For use with flanged covers only.

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

4" & 5" Deep 9ZN-9112-†

6" & 7" Deep 9ZN-9113-†

Combination Cover and

Hold Down Clamp

• Sold per piece.

• For indoor service only.

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

in. mm

4 101 9A-9043

5 127 9A-9053

6 152 9A-9063

7 178 9A-9073

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• Recommended for outdoor service.

Aluminum

Standard Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• Setscrew included.

• Sold per piece.

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

Aluminum All Sizes 9ZN-9012

9A-9012

Aluminum

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs.

Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical Bends ................4 pcs.

Tees .................................................6 pcs.

Crosses............................................8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover

Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps

stated above is required.

Peaked Cover Clamp

(‡) Insert tray width

† Add P to Catalog

No. for peaked

cover clamp.

4 101 9A-(‡)-9044†

5 127 9A-(‡)-9054†

6 152 9A-(‡)-9064†

7 178 9A-(‡)-9074†

Side Rail Catalog

Height No.

in. mm

Catalog No. 99-9980-(‡)

†

Cable Cleats

(see pages CFX-1 thru CFX-5)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Trefoil

Cable

Cleats

Single

Cable

Cleats

248

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HAT-23

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges

and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional

construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02 Materials and Finish: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum

Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052.

2.03 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members

(rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in

radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each

rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over

and above the cable load with a safety factor of 1.5.

2.04 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated

bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To

provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular

holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.05 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a

corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated

bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.06 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.07 Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in

standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.08 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.09 Splice plates shall be the Wedge-Lock design with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed

splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.10 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA

VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.

concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the

side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by

NEMA.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA

VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

HAT-24

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Specifications

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

HST-1

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces

or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example: 258G 12 - 24 - 144 Part will have a long

lead time because of the

258G material.

Changing the part number from 258G to 258P will change the coding to black and reduce lead time.

For Steel Fittings

see fittings section pages

FTS-1 thru FTS-17

HST-2

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Overall Width

(Width + (*))

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)

13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 248 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

248 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 248

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

346 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 346

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡144 = 12 ft.

444 24 = 24" ¨240 = 20 ft. 444

30 = 30" ¡288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HST-3

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 10 252 0.0035 3.0 375 0.060

CSA: D1-6m 12 175 0.0072 Area=0.89 in23.7 260 0.124 Area=5.74 cm2

14 129 0.013 Sx=0.96 in34.3 191 0.229 Sx=15.73 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 98 0.023 Ix=2.22 in44.9 146 0.391 Ix=92.40 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 78 0.037 5.5 116 0.626

20 63 0.056 6.1 94 0.955

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 253 0.0055 3.7 376 0.093

CSA: E-3m 16 142 0.017 Area=1.19 in24.9 212 0.295 Area=7.68 cm2

18 112 0.028 Sx=1.27 in35.5 167 0.473 Sx=20.81 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 91 0.042 Ix=2.94 in46.1 135 0.721 Ix=122.37 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 75 0.062 6.7 112 1.055

24 63 0.088 7.3 94 1.495

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 412* 0.0007 1.8 613* 0.012

CSA: D1-3m 8 232 0.0022 Area=0.62 in22.4 345 0.038 Area=4.00 cm2

10 148 0.0054 Sx=0.64 in33.0 221 0.093 Sx=10.49 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 103 0.011 Ix=1.43 in43.7 153 0.192 Ix=59.52 cm4

Area: 0.40 in214 76 0.021 4.3 113 0.356

16 58 0.036 4.9 86 0.607

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply publish load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

*When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft

(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced

by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.00

4.188

18 gauge

3.14

1.50

4.188 3.13

1.50

4.188 3.11

16 gauge

14 gauge

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

346

444

248

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

HST-4

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Overall Width

(Width + (*))

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)

13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 258 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

258 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 258

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

356 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 356

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡144 = 12 ft.

454 24 = 24" ¨240 = 20 ft. 454

30 = 30" ¡288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HST-5

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 12 294 0.0032 3.7 438 0.055

CSA: E-6m 16 166 0.010 Area=1.34 in24.9 246 0.175 Area=8.65 cm2

18 131 0.016 Sx=1.75 in35.5 195 0.280 Sx=28.68 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 106 0.025 Ix=4.96 in46.1 158 0.427 Ix=206.45 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 88 0.037 6.7 130 0.625

24 74 0.052 7.3 110 0.886

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16C 10 276 0.0021 3.0 411 0.036

CSA: D1-6m 12 192 0.0043 Area=1.00 in23.7 285 0.074 Area=6.45 cm2

14 141 0.0080 Sx=1.31 in34.3 210 0.136 Sx=21.47 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 108 0.014 Ix=3.73 in44.9 160 0.233 Ix=155.25 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 85 0.022 5.5 127 0.373

20 69 0.033 6.1 103 0.568

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 436* 0.0004 1.8 649* 0.007

CSA: D1-3m 8 245 0.0013 Area=0.71 in22.4 365 0.022 Area=4.58 cm2

10 157 0.0032 Sx=0.89 in33.0 234 0.054 Sx=14.58 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 109 0.0066 Ix=2.44 in43.7 162 0.113 Ix=101.56 cm4

Area: 0.40 in214 80 0.012 4.3 119 0.209

16 61 0.021 4.9 91 0.356

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft

(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced

by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.00

5.188 4.14

1.50

5.188 4.13

1.50

5.188 4.11

18 gauge

14 gauge

16 gauge

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

258

356

454

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

HST-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Overall Width

(Width + (*))

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)

13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 268 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

268 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¨144 = 12 ft. 268

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" ¡120 = 10 ft.

366 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¨240 = 20 ft. 366

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" ¡144 = 12 ft.

464 24 = 24" ¨240 = 20 ft. 464

30 = 30" ¡288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

¨Primary Length.

¡Secondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

Green = Fastest shipped items Black = Normal lead-time items Red = Normally long lead-time items

HST-7

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 12 342* 0.002 3.7 508* 0.036

CSA: E-6m 16 192 0.007 Area=1.49 in24.9 286 0.113 Area=9.61 cm2

18 152 0.011 Sx=2.28 in35.5 226 0.182 Sx=37.36 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 123 0.016 Ix=7.65 in46.1 183 0.277 Ix=318.42 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 102 0.024 6.7 151 0.406

24 85 0.034 7.3 127 0.574

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 10 300 0.0014 3.0 446 0.023

CSA: E-6m 12 208 0.0028 Area=1.11 in23.7 310 0.048 Area=7.16 cm2

14 153 0.0052 Sx=1.71 in34.3 228 0.089 Sx=28.02 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 117 0.0089 Ix=5.74 in44.9 174 0.151 Ix=238.92 cm4

Area: 1.00 in218 93 0.014 5.5 138 0.242

20 75 0.022 6.1 112 0.369

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 440* 0.0003 1.8 655* 0.005

CSA: D1-3m 8 248 0.0008 Area=0.80 in22.4 368 0.014 Area=5.16 cm2

10 158 0.0020 Sx=1.18 in33.0 236 0.035 Sx=19.34 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 110 0.0042 Ix=3.81 in43.7 164 0.072 Ix=158.58 cm4

Area: 0.70 in214 81 0.0078 4.3 120 0.134

16 62 0.013 4.9 92 0.228